Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Moray Integration Joint Board - 30/05/2024

Moray Council · 30 May 2024
Back to Moray Integration Joint Board — 30 May 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Moray Integration Joint Board 
Thursday, 30 May 2024 
Council Chambers 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Meeting of the Moray Integration Joint Board,
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX on Thursday,
30 May 2024 at 09:30 to consider the business noted below. 
AGENDA 
1. Welcome and Apologies 
2. Declaration of Member's Interests 
3. Minute of meeting of 28 March 2024 5 - 10
4. Action Log of 28 March 2024 11 - 12
5. Chief Officer Report 13 - 26
6. Revenue Budget Outturn for 2023-24 27 - 48
7. Revenue Budget and Recovery Plan 2024-25 49 - 68
8. Strategic Risk Register Report 69 - 80
9. Annual Report of the Chief Social Work Officer 2023-24 81 - 116
10. Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership Scottish
Government Annual Reporting Survey Report
117 - 152
11. Analogue to Digial Telecare Transition Report 153 - 160
12. Recruitment and Selection Process for an Interim and
Subsequent Permanent Chief Officer Report
161 - 164
Page 1

Page 2

13. Membership of Board and Committees Report 165 - 170
14. General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway
Review Report
171 - 262 
Item(s) which the Board may wish to consider with the
Press and Public excluded   
15. Financial Recovery Plan 2024-25 - Confidential
• 1. Information relating to staffing matters; 
Page 2

Page 3

MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
SEDERUNT 
Councillor Tracy Colyer  (Chair)  
Mr Dennis Robertson  (Vice-Chair)
Mr Derick Murray  (Voting Member)
Mr Sandy Riddell  (Voting Member)
Councillor Peter Bloomfield  (Voting Member)
Councillor Scott Lawrence  (Voting Member)
Councillor Ben Williams  (Voting Member)
Mr Adam Coldwells  (Ex-Officio)
Mr Roddy Burns  (Ex-Officio)  
Mr Ivan Augustus  (Non-Voting Member)
Mrs Sheila Brumby  (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Sean Coady  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Jane Ewen  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Deirdre McIntyre  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Janette Topp  (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Simon Bokor-Ingram  (Non-Voting
Member)
Professor Duff Bruce  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Sonya Duncan  (Non-Voting Member)
Dr Robert Lockhart  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Deborah O'Shea  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Elizabeth Robinson  (Non-Voting
Member)
Dr Malcolm Simmons  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Tracy Stephen  (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Kevin Todd  (Non-Voting Member) 
Clerk Name: Caroline O'Connor
Clerk Telephone: 07779 999296
Clerk Email: committee.services@moray.gov.uk 
Page 3

Page 4

Page 4

Page 5

MORAY COUNCIL 
Minute of Meeting of the Moray Integration Joint Board 
Thursday, 28 March 2024 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Mr Ivan Augustus, Councillor Peter Bloomfield, Mr Simon Bokor-Ingram, Mr Sean
Coady, Councillor Tracy Colyer, Ms Sonya Duncan, Ms Jane Ewen, Councillor Scott
Lawrence, Dr Robert Lockhart, Mr Derick Murray, Ms Deborah O'Shea, Mr Sandy
Riddell, Mr Dennis Robertson, Dr Malcolm Simmons, Ms Tracy Stephen, Mr Kevin
Todd, Councillor Ben Williams 
APOLOGIES 
Professor Duff Bruce, Mr Roddy Burns, Mr Adam Coldwells, Ms Deirdre McIntyre, Ms
Elizabeth Robinson 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Ms Sheila Brumby, Third Sector Representative substitute; General Manager, Dr
Gray's Hospital; Director of Planning and Performance, Digital Health and Care
Innovation Centre (DHI) Scotland; Lead Pharmacist Primary Care, Moray Health
and Social Care Partnership (HSCP); Consultant Psychiatrist and Clinical Lead;
Primary Care Development Manager, Aberdeen City HSCP; Locality Manager;
Service Manager, Provider Services; Head of Governance, Strategy and
Performance and Caroline O'Connor, Committee Services Officer. 
1.         Chair 
The meeting was chaired by Mr Dennis Robertson.  
2.         Declaration of Member's Interests 
Mr Riddell stated for transparency that he was Chair of the Mental Welfare
Commission Scotland.  
Councillor Williams stated for transparency a member of his family was employed
by an organisation involved in Item 5 on the agenda, however this did not relate to
the aspects included in the report and would therefore remain in the meeting. 
The Board noted that there were no other declarations of member's interests.  
3.         Minute of meeting of 25 January 2024 
The minute of the meeting of 25 January 2024 was submitted and approved.  
4.         Action Log of 25 January 2024 
The Action Log of the meeting of 25 January 2024 was discussed and updated
accordingly.
Page 5

Page 6

5.         Chief Officer Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Officer informing the Board of the
Chief Officer activities that support the delivery against the Moray Integration Joint
Board's (MIJB's) strategic priorities articulated in the Strategic Plan, and the
delivery against the 9 Health and Wellbeing outcomes.  Strategic planning needs
to maintain a focus on transformational change to deliver services to our
community within the resources we have available.  2024/25 will be a very
challenging for delivering within the budget, with our two funding partners, Moray
Council and NHS Grampian, under considerable financial pressure as well.  
The Chair asked, in relation to the pausing of Ward 4 anti-ligature work project,
what immediate mitigations were in place for those requiring the services from
Ward 4 to meet the needs in the interim in order to provide assurance to the
Board.   
In response the General Manager, Dr Gray's advised there are range of
environmental control measures already in place which have reduced the risk of
ligature related safety incidents, noting further work was required to reach the level
required by the Health and Safety Executive.  He further advised the team are
keen to develop a community model to enhance and support patients to reduce
reliance on hospitalisation and this would form part of the risk assessment and
investment considerations by the Short Life Working Group.  
Mr Riddell asked for assurance on behalf of the Board in relation to both the anti-
ligature work and development of mental health pathways, that the Mental Health
Welfare Commission, Health and Safety Executive and relevant department of the
Scottish Government are fully sighted on what can be done within the funding
network.   
In response the General Manager, Dr Gray's advised part of the asset
management process will be clearly communicating what cannot be done along
with the risks to the Scottish Government, key stakeholders and patients.  
Councillor Lawrence asked, in relation to Moray Growth Deal and Rural Centre of
Excellence (RCE) for digital health care and innovation, for feedback on how Living
Lab 5 (Mental Wellbeing) will assist with early intervention given that issues often
start at an early age.    
In response and during the course of an update from the Director of Planning and
Performance, DHI-Scotland, she advised Living Lab 5 is the least developed
project and relates to all other Living Labs and is about preventing mental health
escalating as far as possible. LL5 will commence in mid 2024.  DHI are working
with the wellbeing communities in Moray and a further update will be provided
when more developed.  
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed:-  
i) to note the content of the report; and 
ii) that transforming services to meet the aspirations of the MIJB's Strategic Plan
remains a priority.  
6.         Order of Business
Page 6

Page 7

The Chair sought agreement from the Board that Item 7 would be taken after Item
8 on the agenda to allow the Lead Pharmacist Primary Care, MHSCP to join the
meeting to present the report.  This was unanimously agreed.  
7.         Revenue Budget Monitoring Quarter 3 for 2023-24 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Financial Officer updating the
Board of the current Revenue Budget reporting position as at 31 December 2023
for the Moray Integration Joint Board budget.  
Mr Riddell expressed concern relating to the approved savings plan where savings
achieved were far less than the target.   
In response the Chief Financial Officer advised there had been some ambitious
targets set at the start of the year which had not come to fruition however other
targets had been exceeded.  
Following lengthy consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
i) note the financial position of the Board as at 31 December 2023 is showing an
overall overspend of £7,110,508 on core services; 
ii) note the updated provisional forecast position for 2023/24 of an overspend of
£11,210,917 on total budget for core services; 
iii) note the progress against the approved savings plan in paragraph 6; 
iv) note the budget pressures and emerging budget pressures as detailed in
paragraph 7; 
v) note the revisions to staffing arrangements dealt with under delegated powers
and in accordance with financial regulations within Moray Council (MC) and
NHS Grampian (NHSG) for the period 1 October to 31 December 2023 as
show in Appendix 3; and 
vi) approve for issue, the Directions arising from the updated budget position
shown in Appendix 4.  
8.         Revenue Budget 2024-25 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Financial Officer outlining the
budget allocations to the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) and considering the
revenue budget for 2024/25, the estimated funding gap and the charges.  
Mr Murray expressed concern that the Board was not meeting its legal obligations
to set a balanced budget.  In response the Chief Financial Officer advised it is
acceptable to have a working budget to identify how the savings will be made to
balance the budget which will come back to the Board in May.  
Concern was raised by a number of members of Board regarding how realistic the
timescales were for implementing significant change to deliver savings.  In
response the Chief Officer advised there are gateways in place which have already
generated savings and the time will be used between now and May to engage with
stakeholders to inform impact assessments. 
Page 7

Page 8

Following lengthy consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
i) note the funding allocations proposed by NHS Grampian and Moray Council,
detailed at 4.6; 
ii) note the anticipated budget pressures detailed in 4.10; 
iii) note and endorse the 2024/25 proposed savings plan at 4.16 and to progress
to full integrated impact assessments and to commence staff and user
consultation; 
iv) formally approve the uplift to social care providers as set out in 4.5 as part of
the continued policy commitment made by Scottish Government since
November 2021; 
v) note the increase in charges agreed by Moray Council for 2024/25 as detailed
in Appendix 2 and that the review of the contributions policy will be brought
back to the next meeting; 
vi) accept that the Revenue Budget for 2024/25 as detailed at Appendix 1 will be
used as a working document to allow services to continue to be delivered and
a robust recovery to be developed for the next meeting of the Board on 30
May 2024, following consideration of the risks highlighted in 4.33; 
vii) approve Directions for issue as set out at Appendix 3 to NHS Grampian and
Moray Council; and 
viii) note the Medium Term Financial Plan will be updated for the meeting in May
2024 to reflect the recent amendments from both partner organisations and
the details from this report.  
9.         Primary Care Prescribing Budget for 2024-25 
The meeting had before it a report by the Lead Pharmacist, Health and Social
Care Moray informing the Board of the predicted prescribing budget resource
requirements for 2024-2025, alongside key drivers of growth and mitigations
regarding costs.  
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed to note:-  
i) the recommendations made in the paper regarding volume, costs, risks and
the net predicted need for a budget source of £23,799m, as part of the overall
Health and Social Care Partnership budget setting process for 2024-25; 
ii) the estimated budget requirements; and 
iii) mitigations regarding cost efficiencies.  
10.         Mental Health Pathway Mapping 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Integrated Service Manager,
Mental Health and Drug and Alcohol Service updating the Board on progress on
the Mental Health Pathway Mapping exercise and implementation of the Moray
Page 8

Page 9

Mental Health Strategy as discussed at the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB)
development session on 26 October 2023.  
Mr Riddell raised a number of concerns he had with the report, namely there being
no timescale stated as to when the Strategic Oversight Group would report back to
the Board, confusion around the role of Board as he would expect that experts in
adult and children's services would draft a model and transitions for discussion at
the Board and lastly, the details relating to waiting times at 3.15 were at odds with
what was reported to the last Audit and Performance Review Committee asking for
clarification regarding the figures provided to provide assurance to the Board.   In
response the Consultant Psychiatrist and Clinical Lead agreed with the points
raised and agreed clarity would be provided in an updated report back to the
Board. 
Councillor Bloomfield asked what the actions and outcomes are from the five key
themes and principles as it was unclear from the report and asked for the reason
for the age range of 25-64 in para 3.8 as the needs of individuals at either end of
the ranges were very different.  In response the Consultant Psychiatrist and
Clinical Lead advised he would ensure these points would be addressed in the
updated report. 
In response to a query from Dr Lockhart as to why there was no mention of adult
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in the report, the Consultant
Psychiatrist and Clinical Lead confirmed he would ensure this was added to the
updated report. 
The Chair noted the report was disappointing and asked for a more detailed report
providing clarity on the points raised be prepared for the Board meeting on 27
June and the author of the report attend the meeting to answer any questions.  
There being no one otherwise minded the Board unanimously agreed, given
members of the Board felt it was a disappointing paper and did not provide the
clarity the Board would seek, that a full report providing clarity on all the points
raised be prepared for the Board meeting on 27 June.  
11.         General Practice Vision and Objectives 
The meeting had before it a report by the Programme Manager, GP Vision
Programme informing the Board of the outcomes and recommendations of the
NHS Grampian GP Vision Programme, and seek endorsement of the vision and
Specific, Measurable, Attainable, Realistic, Time-Bound (SMART) objectives
related to this programme.  
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
i) approve the vision and objections for General Practice in Grampian as set out
in Appendix A; and 
ii) instruct the Chief Officer to report back to the MIJB by the end of March 2025
with a progress update on the implementation of the vision and objectives.  
12         Care at Home Service in Moray 
Page 9

Page 10

The meeting had before it a report by the Service Manager, Provider Services
providing the Board with an update on the delivery of the Care at Home Service in
Moray and the current demands faced.  
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
i) endorse the actions being taken to continue to deliver Care at Home in Moray;
and 
ii) note the increasing demand on the Care at Home Service.   
Page 10

Page 11

MEETING OF MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
Thursday 28 March 2024 
ACTION LOG 
ITEM
NO.
TITLE OF
REPORT
ACTION REQUIRED DUE DATE ACTION
BY
UPDATE FOR 30 MAY
2024
1.  Carefirst
Replacement
Following scoping exercise being undertaken,
paper to be prepared for MIJB detailing costs of
team recruitment, replacement system and how
it is proposed to fund it.
TBC TS 
2. Budget Update
and Financial
Recovery Plan
Report from 25/01 deferred to allow workshop
on detailed and costed options with associated
risks to be held as soon as possible and
outcomes reported back to IJB at earliest
opportunity for approval.
Balanced budget to be reported to Board on 30
May.
30 May 2024 SBI/DO 
3. Mental Health
Pathway Mapping
Detailed report to be prepared for June Board
meeting providing clarify on all issues raised by
the Board and author to attend June Board
meeting.
27 Jun 24 KK 
Page 11

Page 12

ITEM
NO.
TITLE OF
REPORT
ACTION REQUIRED DUE DATE ACTION
BY
UPDATE FOR 30 MAY
2024
4. Care at Home In
Moray
More detail/context to be added relating to
graphs in future reports, clarity to be provided
re planned care hours being double the
number of hours available in the budget and
further data on the reasons for employees
leaving to be distributed to the Board.   
JC 
Page 12

Page 13

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT:   CHIEF OFFICER REPORT 
BY:  CHIEF OFFICER 
1.   REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of the Chief Officer activities that support the delivery
against the Moray Integration Joint Board’s (MIJB’s) strategic priorities
articulated in the Strategic Plan, and the delivery against the 9 Health and
Wellbeing outcomes. 
1.2 Strategic planning needs to maintain a focus on transformational change to
deliver services to our community within the resources we have available.
2024/25 is a very challenging year for delivering within the budget, with our
two funding partners, Moray Council and NHS Grampian, under considerable
financial pressure as well. 
2.   RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board:
i) consider and note the content of the report; and
ii) agree that transforming services to meet the aspirations of the
MIJB’s Strategic Plan remains a priority. 
3. BACKGROUND 
Home First and Hospital without Walls
3.1  Efforts continue to reduce people delayed in their discharge from hospital.  A   
Day of Care audit was carried out for community hospitals, showing a
reduction in patients in community hospitals who were medically fit for
discharge. In last year’s audit 72% of patients were medically fit for discharge
but were still in a community hospital bed, with this year’s audit showing a
result of 61%. 
3.2  The two Nurse Practitioners have been dividing their time between acute and     
community work and are working closely with GP’s and community teams.
The Strategic Flow Multi-disciplinary Team continues to meet daily, allowing
for collective decision making to ensure patients with complex needs transition
Page 13

Page 14

appropriately through our services. There have been some excellent
examples of multi-disciplinary working that have enabled patients who would
have previously been delayed, to move seamlessly through the system. Care
at Home Workshops continue on a monthly basis. 
Vaccination Programme
3.3 The Autumn / Winter Vaccination Programme for Covid-19 and Flu completed
at the end of March 2024. The final uptake for the Covid-19 Vaccination for
Moray was 60% which was above the Scottish average of 56.5% with Flu
Vaccination uptake for Moray being 58.3%, again this was above the Scottish
average of 53.7%. 
3.4  The Covid-19 Spring 2024 Programme commenced as of 2 April 2024 and will
run until 30 June 2024. The schedule for this programme commenced with
Care Home Residents and those citizens that are house bound and eligible for
the booster. Those citizens that are 75years and over will be offered clinic or
outreach appointments. Those aged 6 months to 74years and identified as
having a weakened immune system, will also be allocated appointments or
prompted to book appointments. The Vaccination Team across Moray are
working hard to deliver the Spring Programme across all the eligible cohorts
with a current 27.2% update in Moray which is currently exceeding the
national uptake of 22.1% across Scotland. 
3.5     The aim of the Covid-19 vaccination Programme has to date been the
prevention of severe Covid-19 disease and hospitalisation in this most at risk
within our population. For 2024 this remains the same aim however, moving
forward the programme will start to transition from a pandemic response to
that of routine immunisation. 
3.6     The recent Health and Social Care Workforce survey results have 
been shared with the Scottish Vaccination and Immunisation Programme 
with final analysis underway and a draft national report awaited. Once this 
is finalised it is envisaged that local management information reports will 
be available and shared. The final report will also be published on the 
Public Health Scotland website. 
3.7      Apart from the Spring Covid-19 vaccination programme there are other
vaccination programmes currently running including: 
- Shingles Vaccination with a revised two dose schedule for 
eligible cohorts. 
- Pneumococcal Vaccination Programme 
-  Pre-school and School aged Vaccination Programme 
3.8 The Vaccination Team continue to receive new advice from the Joint
Committee on Vaccination and Immunisation (JVCI), recommending the
introduction of new programmes including the Respiratory Syncytial Virus
(RSV) vaccination with a programme planned for order adults and infants. 
Ward 4 anti-ligature work and installation of MRI scanner at Dr Gray’s
Hospital
3.9  Following discussion at the January 2024 MIJB meeting, and further to the
Scottish Government announcement in December 2023 in relation to their
Page 14

Page 15

budget, which outlined a very challenging picture for public sector spending, in
particular Capital spending, Scottish Government have now confirmed
that, based on budget allocation for 2024/25 and the medium term funding
outlook, work on the National Treatment Centre - Grampian Project, including
an MRI scanner for Dr Gray's Hospital, will not progress further at this time
and all project activity will stop. This will be the position until there is certainty
on funding. With the anti-ligature work planned to be carried out concurrently
to the MRI installation, and funded as part of that project, this now puts the
completion of the ligature reduction work at risk. 
3.10 The NHS Grampian Asset Management Group are developing a process
through which they will prioritise the allocation of funding over the next 5 year
period informed by both the Scottish Government budget letter guidance and
a weighted risk and benefit assessment of all of its infrastructure liabilities.
The mental health ward ligature reduction project will be considered in that
process, and the expectation is that there will be a decision by the end of May
2024. 
Annual Whistleblowing update 
3.11 The Independent National Whistleblowing Officer (INWO) introduced the
standards in April 2021. They provide clear guidelines for raising concerns
and protecting those who come forward with information. All HSCP staff,
including those from local authorities and the NHS, as well as students,
trainees, agency staff, and volunteers, should be able to raise concerns
through this procedure. 
3.12 NHS Grampian and Moray Council, as employing organisations, have a duty
to report to the INWO annually. These reports also pass through their own
staff governance structures. Additionally, HSCM includes updates and data in
their annual performance report, and any cases are reported to MIJB (Moray
Integration Joint Board) quarterly. 
3.13 In the 2023/24 financial year, Health and Social Care Moray recorded 2
contacts under the Whistleblowing policy. One of these contacts was with
NHS Grampian, with the other being with Moray Council. 
3.14 The issue raised with NHS Grampian was a matter of concern, emphasising
the need for focus on process improvement. HSCM upheld this concern, and
the identified improvements are currently being implemented. This process did
not involve patient care or contact. 
3.15 The report to Moray Council is currently being expedited and is not yet
concluded. 
Aberlour Medical Centre Update
3.16 Health and Social Care Moray (HSCM) has taken over the running of Aberlour
Medical Practice to ensure continued access to primary care services for the
community. 
3.17 HSCM took over the management of Aberlour Health Centre as a 2C practice
on the19 February 2024 after the GMS contract was handed back. The
contract for Aberlour Health Centre will now be advertised as part of the NHS
Grampian tendering process. This is to be progressed as a Note of Interest
Request to all Grampian practices, and once we have received responses to
Page 15

Page 16

this, we will ask interested parties to submit a detailed business case outlining
how they would intend to deliver services to the Aberlour population. 
3.18 A panel will be set up to review these business cases. We anticipate this
piece of work will take a minimum of 3-6months to bring to conclusion. In the
meantime, the HSCM continue to run the Health Centre with a team making
improvements and managing the day to day running of the practice. 
3.19 We held an engagement event with approximately 180 patients attending on
18 March. Following this event, we have 46 completed questionnaires
returned, which has given us valuable insights into what it has been like to be
a patient at the Aberlour Practice, and what is important to people as we
progress on the improvement journey and the tender process. 
Lossiemouth Locality update
3.20 The Cabinet Sectary for Health and Social Care commissioned a review to
seek learning from the process of engagement and consultation carried out by
HSCM in relation to the closure of the Burghead and Hopeman Branch
Surgeries. In the last Chief Officer report there was an update on the process
undertaken to date. A draft report has been developed, and once finalised and
issued this will then be shared with the MIJB. We still await the finalised
report. 
Management capacity
3.21 In the last Chief Officer report we had started a recruitment process for the
Chief Nurse post. That post has been successfully recruited to, and the post
holder will commence on the 3 June 2024. 
3.22 The recruitment to the Chief Officer post is the subject of a separate report on
today’s meeting agenda. 
3.23 A number of internal moves are being enacted to provide capacity for the
budget challenge. A programme office approach is being taken to support and
monitor the achievement of savings. The budget is the subject of a separate
report on today’s meeting agenda. 
External Inspections of our services
3.24   A number of inspections of our services have taken place and were reported
to the last meeting of the Clinical and Care Governance Committee on the 28
March 2024, which the Committee wished to highlight to the Board. 
3.25 The inspection for Children at Risk of Harm had many elements assessed,
with Inspectors using a six-point scale to provide a formal evaluation of just
one quality indicator, 2.1 impact on children and young people. This indicator
focuses solely on the experience and feelings of children and young people at
risk of harm. It relates to the differences services are making to their lives and
future life chances. It includes measuring the impact of services aimed at
optimising the wellbeing of children and young people against the wellbeing
indicators. This indicator was rated as Adequate. 
3.26 In December 2023, the Care Inspectorate carried out an unannounced
inspection of the Moray Council’s Care Home at the Residential Child Care
Service located at CALA. There were no new areas identified for improvement
for the service in this report. All areas for improvement from previous
Page 16

Page 17

inspection reports had been met, demonstrating that the service is actively
reviewing and improving practices through listening to those receiving a
service (including their families), and those providing it. The inspection
focused on how well we support children and young people’s rights and
wellbeing, with a rating of 5 being awarded, which is “very good”.   
3.27 In November 2023, Care Inspectors carried out a full unannounced inspection
of the Moray Council Care at Home Service. A number of areas of strength
were cited in the report, including the service being commended for having
several projects ongoing, looking at innovative solutions to the difficulties
facing the care sector and improving peoples’ outcomes. The focus was on
the following themes, with ratings awarded: 
How well do we support people's wellbeing? 5 – Very Good 
How good is our leadership? 5 – Very Good 
How good is our staff team? 5 – Very Good 
How well is our care and support planned? 5 – Very Good 
Moray Growth Deal and the Rural Centre of Excellence (RCE) for digital
health and care innovation
3.28 Appendix 1 sets out the latest position on progress. The Moray Portfolio
continues to work closely with RCE as part of the transformation programme
for the Portfolio. These updates will continue to be a regular feature on the
Chief Officer reports.  
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The opportunity remains to accelerate work of the MIJB ambitions as set out
in the Strategic Plan. Home First is the programme designed to do that, with
the opportunities of an expanded portfolio of health and care that also
encompasses Dr Gray’s Hospital and Children’s Social Work and Justice
Services. 
4.2 The challenge of finance persists and there remains the need to address the
underlying deficit in core services. Funding partners are also under severe
financial pressures and are unlikely to have the ability to cover overspends
going forwards. 
4.3 Transformational change, or redesign, that provides safe, high-quality
services, whilst bringing more efficient ways of operating, will be the focus for
the senior management team as the route to operating within a finite budget,
while meeting the health and care needs of the Moray population.    
Page 17

Page 18

5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
Working with our partners to support people so they can cope with, and
where possible, overcome the health and wellbeing challenges they may
face. 
Ensuring that the right care is provided at the right place at the right time
when people are in need. Ensuring that our systems are as simple and
efficient as possible. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Chief Officer continues to operate within the appropriate level of
delegated authority, ensuring that the MIJB is sighted on key issues at
the earliest opportunity, and continues to influence and agree the
strategic direction. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. The
Chief Finance Officer continues to report regularly. There is an ongoing
requirement to find efficiencies and to demonstrate best value for money. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
The risk of not redesigning services will mean that HSCM and the Moray
Portfolio cannot respond adequately to future demands.   
(e) Staffing Implications
Staff remain the organisation’s greatest asset, and engagement with all
sectors must continue to ensure full involvement, which will create the
best solutions to the challenges faced. HSCM staff are facing continued
pressures on a daily basis, and effort into ensuring staff well-being must
continue. 
(f) Property
There are no issues arising directly from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
Any proposed permanent change to service delivery will need to be
impact assessed to ensure that HSCM are not disadvantaging any
section of our community. 
HSCM will continue to work closely with all our partners to ensure that
we contribute to the health and well-being of the community and support
the recovery phase of the Covid-19 pandemic. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
Care closer to and at home, delivered by teams working on a locality
basis, will reduce HSCM’s reliance on centralised fixed assets and their
associated use of utilities.   
Page 18

Page 19

(i) Directions
There are no directions arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
The Moray Portfolio Senior Management Team, the Legal Services
Manager and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer have been
consulted in the drafting of this report. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The MIJB are asked to acknowledge the significant efforts of staff,
across in-house providers, externally commissioned services, the
Independent and Third Sector, who are supporting the response to the
recovery, and the drive to create resilience and sustainability through
positive change. 
6.2 The size of the financial challenge facing the MIJB, and also its two
funding partners, means that redesign and transformation is not an
option but a necessity. HSCM’s approach will be to prioritise quality,
safety and good outcomes in all service redesigns. 
Author of Report: Simon Bokor-Ingram, Chief Officer, Moray Portfolio
Page 19

Page 20

Page 20

Page 21

Digital Health & Care Innovation Centre, 1st Floor, Suite B,
Inovo Building, 121 George Street Glasgow, G1 1RD
This paper is presented to the May 2024 Moray IJB to give an update
on the progress of the Moray Growth Deal, Rural Centre of Excellence
for Digital Health and Care Innovation 
This £5 million UK Government funded programme of the Rural Centre of Excellence (RCE)
Research and Development (R&D) programme as part of Moray Growth Deal, commenced
in late 2021 with the ambition to create a unique ecosystem in the Moray region to foster
economic development and create jobs through the creation of a physical Demonstration
and Simulation environment (DSE) at UHI Moray, underpinned by a virtual R&D
infrastructure, five living labs and a robust skills and workforce development programme.  
Working closely with the citizens, health and social care Moray, NHS Grampian and third
sector organisations, the living labs methodology uses co-design approaches to validate and
address key national and local strategic priorities in order to release clinical and care
capacity and make services more accessible enabled by digital to meet targeted demand,
and to improve the health and wellbeing outcomes for the citizens of Moray. 
http://www.moray.gov.uk/moray_standard/page_114144.html
The image below provides a visual representation of the R&D infrastructure, assets and
Living Lab (LL) R&D themes and the skills programme being progressed within the RCE.     
Image 1:  Key R&D assets and the 5 Living Lab (LL) Themes 
Appendix 1
Page 21

Page 22

Digital Health & Care Innovation Centre, 1st Floor, Suite B,
Inovo Building, 121 George Street Glasgow, G1 1RD 
RCE Activity Update March 2024 to May 2024
Living Lab Updates
LL1 Supported Self-Management and LL2 Long Term Condition Management (NHS), have
now been aligned to share a common infrastructure while retaining their individual outputs.
These will now be delivered over three campaigns with campaign 1 offering patients
(Initially from Elgin Health Centre) living with high BMI and/or type 2 diabetes access to
trusted digital tier 1 self-management information via the Community Connections @
Moray (CC@M) platform, with the option to self-refer to community facilities for non-
clinical weight management and lifestyle support (Initially Moray Leisure Centre) as shown
in figure 2.  Campaigns 2 and 3 will continue to develop clinically guided pathways ready for
testing once campaign 1 is completed and evaluated.  These will focus on the management
and support of the campaign 1 cohort directing them to the most appropriate service at any
given point in their journey across dietetic and diabetic clinical services, and community or
online based non-clinical support based on personal data store information. 
LL2 Long Term Condition Management (Community): This pathway focuses on the
development of digital tools to support the Community Occupational Therapy Service via
self and supported self-management assets.  The steering group will commence in May and
a working group will be set up to design and create the content for self-management via the
CC@M platform. The current call to industry will close on 27/5/24 and seeks a development
partner to support triage of referrals to the OT service, and the option of digital assessment
Page 22

Page 23

Digital Health & Care Innovation Centre, 1st Floor, Suite B,
Inovo Building, 121 George Street Glasgow, G1 1RD 
where appropriate for lower-level need aimed at reducing waiting times for basic
equipment provision. 
LL3 Care in Place: Final iteration of the R&D Community Connections platform and Personal
Data Store assets are nearing completion with both R&D assets now live. This lab will move
to a phased real world evidence stage in the next few weeks for a minimum of 6 months
across the Forres and Lossiemouth areas with a focus on unpaid carers and frailty. An
evaluation framework is being implemented to support this.   
LL4 Smart Housing/Smart Communities: The first steering group was held on 7th of May,
with a broad group of stakeholders representing health and social care, digital office, RCC,
housing and third sector.  Working groups will now be set up to manage each of the
following R&D pathways:
• Development of smart housing specification for new builds and telecare services 
• Population stratification platform for holistic data collection, analysis, and alerting 
• Development of an exemplar smart enabled, low-carbon, low-cost modular house 
The RCE continues to work closely with the Moray Analogue to Digital(A2D) project and
aims to collaboratively develop, test, and evaluate alternative device and platform options
to achieve improved proactive/predictive outcomes for citizens and services. This will allow
the partnership to consider innovative service redesign and procurement opportunities as
part of the required replacement of the remaining Moral Lifeline analogue Telecare devices
with digital devices by December 2025. 
RCE are also exploring R&D opportunities with the 5G Smart Rural project based in Hunty,
which aims to evidence the effectiveness of a connectivity infrastructure in rural/ poor
signal areas for transmission of data via Internet of Things (IOT) enabled devices which can
be used to gather data related to activity, health, and environment. 
LL5 Mental Wellbeing: Engagement is ongoing with statutory, and third sector services to
agree most beneficial scope for this living lab.   
Skills and Workforce Development
The University of Oxford have now completed their review of workforce training tools to
identify gaps in Moray, with a focus on innovation skill and needs. The findings are now
being reviewed and will inform the next skills grant scope in order to publish an academic
call later this year.
Health and Social Care VR Learning Grant application was successful. This grant provides 12
weeks of free access to the FLO platform which comprises a range of immersive learning
content tailored specifically for the health and social care sector.    
Page 23

Page 24

Digital Health & Care Innovation Centre, 1st Floor, Suite B,
Inovo Building, 121 George Street Glasgow, G1 1RD 
Micro-credentials (Digital Essentials for Carers) - Delivery of Unit 3 (Digital Care: the Moray
Context) has been agreed for 17th May 2024.  
Robertson Trust Internship (to support Moray RCE team) - officially starting on a 3-day a
week basis from early June – 9th Aug. 
Potential collaboration opportunities with Young Minds Saves Lives: Scottish Ambulance
Service (SAS) project aimed at teaching S3 students about responding to medical
emergencies (such as CPR) and raising awareness about healthcare career options and
volunteering opportunities. 
Comms and Engagement 
A ‘U                       ’                                      
partners; Mydex CIC & Archangel, with the win announced at the annual conference on the
1       M        B         .                    UK’                                herefore
provided great exposure for the RCE programme.   
An exclusive for P&J newspaper was published on the 16th of March 2024, which also
received front page coverage on other local news outlets. 
A Facebook/Instagram campaign was launched in tandem to the P&J article to target people
to sign up to citizen panel alongside four information events which took place w/c 18th
March which were well received.
Fortnightly GSA Led co-design sessions scheduled; Burghead on 27th May, Buckie on 21st
June 2024 for general theme topics such as delegated access and digital security. A full
schedule is being developed. 
RCE also has a space in GSA summer show on 14/15th June and will treat as a pop-up
engagement 
Evaluation
Page 24

Page 25

Digital Health & Care Innovation Centre, 1st Floor, Suite B,
Inovo Building, 121 George Street Glasgow, G1 1RD 
A logic model framework for the academic evaluation continues to be developed by UHI to
capture the integrative and living lab specific outcomes across the whole programme. 
Qualitative data is also being collated to evaluate the impact of the RCE on the Moray region
to evidence increased service, technology and business readiness for R&D and innovation. 
Sustainability
The sustainability of the RCE continues to be a key focus, supported by a working group with
a range of bids underway to ensure further funding is leveraged into the RCE in preparation
for the end of the UK Gov funding period for RCE. Preparation and discussion around service
readiness and needs for asset adoption continues to be progressed with H&SCM and NHS
Grampian. 
Page 25

Page 26

Page 26

Page 27

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: REVENUE BUDGET OUTTURN FOR 2023/2024 
BY:  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) of the unaudited financial
outturn for 2023/24 for the core budgets and the impact this outturn will have
on the 2024/25 budget. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1 It is recommended that the MIJB: 
i) consider and note the unaudited revenue outturn position for the
financial year 2023/24, 
ii) consider and note the impact of the 2023/24 outturn on the
2024/25 revenue budget; and 
iii) approve for issue, the Directions shown in APPENDIX 4 to NHS
Grampian and Moray Council. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The overall position for the MIJB is that core services were overspent by
£10,023,949 as at 31 March 2024. The MIJB’s unaudited financial position for
the financial year ending 31 March 2024 is shown at APPENDIX 1. This is
summarised in the table below. 
Annual Budget
£
Actual
Expenditure
£
Variance
to date
£
MIJB Core Service 169,844,600 179,868,549 (10,023,949)
MIJB Strategic Funds &
other resources
13,898,336 6,897,942 7,000,394
Set Aside Budget 14,665,000 14,665,000 0
Total MIJB Expenditure 198,407,936 201,431,491 (3,023,555) 
Page 27

Page 28

A list of services that are included in each budget heading are shown in
APPENDIX 2 for information. 
4. KEY MATTERS/SIGNIFICANT VARIANCES FOR 2022/23 
Community Hospitals and Services
4.1 The Community Hospital budget is overspent by £337,024 to the year-end.
This predominantly relates to non pay variances totalling £175,492, which
mainly includes increased energy and medical supplies costs alongside
increased administration and ancillary domestic services costs. The
Community Hospitals were overspent overall by £69,357 with overspend in
Buckie and Keith. The medical staffing position was overspent by £78,890
after community hospital contract changes and £13,285 costs relating to
change in a GP contract provision. 
4.2 Efforts are ongoing to mitigate or minimise risk to service delivery, including
the deployment of available staffing in the most effective manner. 
4.3 The outturn for Community Hospitals & Services is overspent by £24,904
more than previously forecast due to the costs mentioned above continuing to
increase.   
Learning Disabilities
4.4  The Learning Disability (LD) service is overspent by £2,617,513 at the year-
end. The overspend is essentially due to the purchase of care for people with
complex needs which resulted in an overspend of £2,727,867, client transport
of £13,589. This is offset by more income received than expected of £109,728
(partly due to deferred payments); an underspend in clinical Speech and
Language services, physiotherapy and psychology services of £10,544 and
other minor underspends totalling £3,671. 
4.5 This budget has been under pressure for a number of years due to
demographic pressures, transitions from Children’s services and people living
longer and getting frailer whilst staying at home. The biggest overspends was
for domiciliary care and day services this enables people to stay living at
home or in a homely setting for as long as possible. 
4.6 The outturn for the LD service is overspent by £330,474 less than previously
forecast due purchase of care and support being less than forecasted.and
forecasting is difficult to do on this volatile budget as client needs can change
and therefore costs can fluctuate. 
Mental Health 
4.7 Mental Health services are overspent by £459,363 at the year end. This
overspend includes senior medical pays £731,858 attributable to medical
locum cover and purchase of care for people £50,101 along with other
combined variances of £16,483 offset in part by additional income from NES
Scotland £203,086 and other NHS Scotland income £135,993 which relates to
doctors in training placed in Moray.
4.8 Over the last couple of years the Mental Health budget has seen an increase
in referral numbers of young people with complex needs including elements of
autistic and ADHD symptoms in addition to, or causing mental health
Page 28

Page 29

challenges. The impact of Covid both in terms of isolation and on community
resources are being realised and the Mental Health Social Work team have
had some high cost packages transfer from both children and families Social
Work and Learning Disability services. There are no local residential/
accommodated mental health resources for under 65’s in Moray, which
means out of area placements are required, using facilities in Highland.
4.9 The outturn for Mental Health is overspent by £20,923 more than the previous
forecast reflecting continuance of additional costs within the budget. 
Care Services Provided In-House
4.10 This budget is underspent by £1,567,455 at the end of the year. This relates
to underspend in staffing across all the services in this budget totalling
£2,146,703 which is being reduced by overspends of £366,317 in day care
services due mostly to transport costs and other overspends across the
services comes to £212,931 for energy costs, software licences, uniforms for
staff and transport costs. 
4.11 Unfilled vacancies have been the main reason for the underspend throughout
the year and the issue of recruitment has been an ongoing problem. 
4.12 The outturn for this budget is £302,137 better than previously forecast which
is due to the ongoing vacancies and recruitment challenges. 
Older People and Physical Sensory Disability (Assessment and Care)
4.13  This budget is overspent by £2,834,016 at the end of the year. This primarily
relates to overspends for domiciliary care in the area teams £1,715,375,
which includes the Hanover very sheltered housing complexes, permanent
care at £1,039,794 due to the increase in the number of clients receiving
nursing care rather than residential care and other overspends of £78,847
which includes £69,158 on agency staff to provide care and support at Loxa
Court. The variances within this overall budget heading reflect the shift in the
balance of care to enable people to remain in their homes for longer. 
4.14 Due to the increase in need and complexity – increase in double up care at
home packages. Limited resource availability through our internal provider
and limited availability with Allied partnership provider means a reliance on
external providers to continue to support the demand/need. The overspend on
this budget is related to the underspend in Care Services provided in-house
budget above. 
4.15 The outturn for this budget is £607,676 more overspent than the previous
forecast due to less income than expected and more spend on care than
expected. 
Intermediate Care and Occupational Therapy
4.16 This budget is overspent by £240,628, this primarily relates to spend on aids,
minor adaptations and stairlifts of £201,990. Other overspends are for Jubilee
Cottages and Hanover Loxa Court at £45,725, this is reduced by minor
underspends of £7,087. 
4.17 The outturn for this budget is £18,211 less than previously forecast due to the
difficulties in forecasting for this volatile budget.
Page 29

Page 30

Other Community Services
4.18 This budget is overspent by £273,042 at the end of the year. This includes
cost pressure within Physiotherapy £189,957, Dietetics £131,389 relating to
staff costs and Continence Service £129,692 relating to cost of supplies,
offset by underspend in Speech and language therapy £165,701 caused by
recruitment challenges and other combined underspends of £12,295. 
4.19 The outturn for this budget is £24,922 more overspent than the previous
forecast due to the continuing impact of cost pressures. 
Admin and Management
4.20 This budget is overspent by £231,122 at the year end. This is due to not fully
achieving the vacancy target by £188,206 and additional costs within Moray
Management & Administration amounting to £42,916 for costs for medical
staffing pay supporting Primary Care services in Moray. 
4.21 The outturn for this budget is £80,574 less overspent than previously forecast
due to achieving more of the vacancy target in final quarter. 
Primary Care Prescribing
4.22 The primary care prescribing budget is reporting an over spend of £2,688,390
for the twelve months to 31 March 2024. The overall continuing high price has
been attributed in part to the impact of short supply causing an increase in
costs being sustained. This is spread across a range of products. The actual
volume of items to January has been lowering compared to prior year and is
estimated to continue at this level to March 2024.The estimated position has
been adjusted to include an overall 4.00% volume increase for the year to
March 2024. This overall volume increase is less than previously anticipated. 
4.23 This has a positive impact on estimated outcome and outturn is £1,061,610
better than previously forecast for this budget. This takes into account volume
increase continuing at reduced level and price remaining stable in the final
months of the year. 
Hosted Services
4.24 This budget is overspent by £576,494 at the end of the financial year. This is
due to increased costs relating to the Moray share a number of hosted
services including Intermediate Care £125,600, Sexual Health Services
£189,561, Retinal Screening £186,017 and Heart Failure £110,831 offset by
combined other variances of £35,515. 
4.25 The outturn is £145,864 more overspent than previously forecast. This is due
to increased costs being incurred for Moray services delivered in final quarter. 
Out of Area Placements
4.26 This budget is overspent by £1,057,271 at the year end. This is due to the
continuing number of high cost individual specialised placements. 
4.27 The outturn for this budget is £60,598 less overspent than previously forecast,
due to the current pattern of expenditure and placements. 
Page 30

Page 31

5. STRATEGIC FUNDS  
5.1 Strategic Funds is additional Scottish Government funding for the MIJB, they
include:
• Additional funding received via NHS Grampian and Moray Council (this
may not be fully utilised in the year resulting in a contribution to overall
MIJB financial position at year-end, which then needs to be earmarked
as a commitment for the future year); and
• Provisions for earmarked reserves has been made to fund unutilised
allocation for Primary Care Improvement Funds, Action 15 additional
investment funding, identified budget pressures, new burdens, and
savings that were expected at the start of the year. 
5.2  At the end of the financial year there was slippage on Strategic Funds of
£7,000,394 which has resulted in an overall overspend of £3,023,555. 
5.3 During the 2023/24 financial year, Scottish Government continued to commit
to the additional winter funding, to help support continuing system pressures.
However, the Scottish Government did not make the full allocation of funding
aligned to the Primary Care Improvement Plan (PCIP), Moray Alcohol & Drug
Partnership (MADP) and Multi-disciplinary teams. Allocations made during the
year, which remain unspent are considered as earmarked funding and to be
used for these specific purposes in future years. This has contributed to the
MIJB reserves. 
5.4 After consideration of funding received, earmarked reserves and application of
slippage on Strategic Funds, the MIJB financial position resulted in an
overspend of £3,023,555, which the partners had to make additional funding
available to break even. The reserves are detailed below in paragraph 9. 
6. CHANGES TO STAFFING ARRANGEMENTS 
6.1 At the meeting of the Board on 30 November 2023, the Financial Regulations
were approved (para 12 of the minute refers). All changes to staffing
arrangements with financial implications and effects on establishment are to
be advised to the Board. 
6.2 The staffing arrangements are noted in APPENDIX 3 as dealt with under
delegated powers for the period 1 Jan to 31 March 2024. 
7. IMPACT ON 2024/25 BUDGET AND RISK 
7.1 The actual out-turn for the 2023/24 Core Services budget year is an
overspend of £10,023,949. The Scottish Government also reduced payments
for PCIP, MADP and for the Multi-Disciplinary team funding, thus reducing
any balance on reserves for these areas it is difficult to ascertain with certainty
the 2024/25 variances to budget and the likely impact moving into the next
financial year. However, the variances against the budget have been
reviewed and classified as one-off or likely to be recurring.   Impact in 2024/25
will be monitored continuously and reported regularly to the MIJB.  The overall
position is summarised below: 
Page 31

Page 32

Area Para Ref Recurring Non-Recurring  
£ £
OVERSPEND       
Staff 7.2  (1,277,993) (1,506,583)
Purchasing of Care 7.3  (6,385,905) (1,070,478)
Income 7.4  (305,320) (54,000)
Supplies & Services 7.5  (527,967) 0
Property costs 7.6 (354,926) 0
Client transport 7.7  (355,651) 0
Aids & Adaptations 7.8 (211,640) 0
Prescribing & hosted 7.9 (3,052,129) 0
Other 7.10 (144,647) 0
Sub-total  (12,616,178) (2,631,061)    
UNDERSPEND   
Staff 7.2  2,991,854  91,639 
Purchasing of Care 7.3          236,997              299,144 
Income 7.4          732,370              191,750 
Supplies & Services 7.5          293,595              100,000 
Property costs 7.6           29,753  0
Client transport 7.7              149,656  0
Other 7.10                106,532                          0 
Sub-total  4,540,757 682,533    
TOTAL  (8,075,421) (1,948,528)    
Net Overspend   (10,023,949) 
7.2 Staff turnover can incur both under and overspends. Underspends can be
attributed to the process of recruitment, which adds a natural delay, with posts
being filled by new staff at lower points on the pay scale and in some
circumstances the nature of the positions have been challenging to recruit to.
The Council has recognised this turnover and had set as part of the budget
process a vacancy factor saving, which has been met for numerous years.
NHS Grampian also put in a vacancy factor saving in 2023/24. Overspends
can be due to the use of bank staff/locum to provide required cover for
vacancies/sickness and from the historic incremental drift and efficiency
targets imposed. 
7.3 The purchasing of care overspend relates to the purchase of domiciliary care
by the area teams and the underspend relates to ceased contract. There is a
direct correlation with the underspend in internal care at home service. The
demographics show that Moray has an ageing population and the spend on
external domiciliary care is increasing in relation to both increasing hours of
commissioned care, the number of packages of care and complexity. This
also reflects the shift in the balance of care to enable people to remain in their
own homes for longer. 
7.4 The under recovery of income budgets is apparent across a number of service
headings. It is exceedingly difficult to predict the level of income accurately as
client income is subject to the contributions policy which is based on a client’s
financial assessment. Income recovery on all care at home services continues
Page 32

Page 33

to reduce. The income will continue to reduce due to the legislation in relation
to the Carers Act and free personal care for under 65’s as well as the impact
of Covid. The Independent Review of Adult Social Care will likely impact in the
longer term. During 2023/24 additional income was received from permanent
care placements for deferred income and income recoveries from the review
of Direct Payments/ SDS contingency funds for clients. 
7.5 The Supplies and services overspend includes purchases of medical supplies,
medical equipment, uniforms, system licenses and maintenance cost of
equipment which is expected to be recurring. The non-recurring underspend
relates to Forres Varis community team which is not expected to continue. 
7.6 The recurring overspend in property costs primarily relates to the rising cost of
energy and non pay costs for domestics. The non recurring underspend
relates to rents and rates for a closed office and repairs and maintenance for
a block contract.
.
7.7 Client transport costs are recurringly overspent for internal day services
transport. The non recurring underspend is due to an external day services
closure. 
7.8 Aids and Adaptations overspend relates to Occupational therapy aids,
servicing and stair lifts. There is also an overspend in the improvement grants,
due to the timing of works. 
7.9 Prescribing costs relate to the increased volumes and price factors which are
expected to be sustained alongside increased cost for Moray shares of hosted
services and others which again are mainly expected to recur. 
7.10 Other category relates to minor variances across the services but also
includes recurring overspends relating to admin costs, recurring underspends
included staff transport and printing for which are already identified as a
saving in 2023/24. This also includes bad debt for permanent care which has
significantly decreased in 2023/24. 
7.11 The financial results for 2023/24 show that underlying financial pressures on
both the NHS and Council budgets remain, with the MIJB assuming
responsibility for the budgets of the delegated functions and are expected to
prioritise services within the budgets directed to it by Moray Council and NHS
Grampian. 
7.12 Through in-year reporting of the savings plan progress it was evident that the
saving of £4,141,000 for 2023/24 would be partly achieved, £2,739.000 was
saved at the end of the financial year. The MIJB has committed to continue to
identify further efficiencies that will be reported throughout the year,
recognising the significant pressure on the budget and the required
transformation and disinvestment to allow the programmes of transformation
to develop. 
7.13 Whilst the 2023/24 revenue budget position as reported to the Board on 30
March 2023 (para 7 of the minute refers) presented a balanced budget
position, through the use of reserves, and a challenging savings plan, there is
Page 33

Page 34

still the recurring overspend to be addressed. The recurring outturn position
was as forecasted all year except for prescribing, which had a significant
improvement in the last quarter. 
7.14 This additional recurring cost reduces the level of reserves going into
2024/25. There are minimal reserves of £2,023,898 for ear marked reserves
and no general reserve. With no general reserves the additional cost and any
emerging budget pressure will have to be funded from additional savings or
from recommissioning other activities. The Senior Management Team are
actively addressing the situation to implement alternative measures to limit the
financial pressure. Updates on the recovery and transformation process and
further savings will be provided to the Board for approval during 2024/25
through the financial reporting processes. 
8. UPDATED BUDGET POSITION 
8.1  During the financial year, budget adjustments arise relating in the main to the
allocation of non-recurring funding that is received via NHS Grampian. In
order to establish clarity of these budget allocations a summary reconciliation
has been provided below. 
8.2 The MIJB, for the 2023/24 has concluded the financial year in an overspend
position. The additional funding contributions during the year are also show in
the table below: 
£’s
Approved Funding 30.3.23 148,673,460
Set aside funding 13,466,000
Balance of IJB reserves c/fwd to 23/24 4,682,793
Amendment to Moray Council core (84,698)
Amendment to NHS Grampian core 405,876
Childrens Service 19,202,132
Amendment to Set Aside 451,460
Revised funding at start of Quarter 1 186,796,563
Adjustments in Qtr 1 1,712,786
Revised funding at start of Quarter 2 188,509,349
Adjustments in Qtr 2 6,520,716
Revised funding at start of Qtr 3 195,030,065
Adjustments in Qtr 3 2,294,977
Revised funding at start of Qtr 4 197,325,042  
Budget adjustments M10-M12 
Increase in Set Aside 748,000
NCARE allocation 23.24 748,159 
Action 15 adj 633,870 
Moray PCIF alloc  529,495 
Dental Public Health Funding
(Childsmile)
204,968 
MADP 23-24 tranche 2 153,980 
Allocation letter 138,000 
District Nurse Fund 61,000 
Prison HEPC 57,528 
Page 34

Page 35

Open University 40,000 
Moray Child Weight  15,000 
Pay award (Exe &Snr man) 13,298 
Virtual Bed Recruit 6,078 
SARC funding 4,605 
Hosted services recharge  5,444 
Prescribing  adj global sum (77,260) 
IFRS16 Adj (4,989) 
IJB impr grant (91,747) 
Moray TMC ADP Payment (183,517) 
Ear marked reserves c/fwd (2,023,898) 
Self directed support transformation 6,000
Children & Justice services adj 98,880  
Revised 2023/24 Financial Year
Funding 198,407,936 
8.3 In accordance with the updated budget position, revised Directions have been
included at APPENDIX 4 for approval by the Board to be issued to NHS
Grampian and Moray Council. 
9. RESERVES 
9.1 The MIJB Reserves Policy, was most recently approved on 25 January 2024
(para 16 of the minute refers). The next review date should be no later than
March 2025. The closing financial position on Reserves for 2023/24 is
£2,023,898. This reserve is wholly for earmarked reserves, there is no usable
general reserve to carry forward. The earmarked reserve will be called upon
during the year in line with their specific purpose. The earmarked reserves
detail is provided in the table below: 
Reserve Detail Type £’s
Primary Care Improvement
Plan 
Earmarked 33,264
GP Premises Earmarked 228,447
Community Living Change
Fund
Earmarked 319,463
National Drugs MAT Earmarked 267,878
OOH Winter Pressure
funding
Earmarked 171,841
Moray Cervical screening Earmarked 35,504
Moray hospital at home Earmarked 4,584
Moray Psychological Earmarked 314,741
MHO Funding Earmarked 138,000
Adult protection funding for
CA
Earmarked 18,000
Adult disability payment Earmarked 45,000
National Trauma training
services
Earmarked 100,000
Moray ADP Earmarked 22,089
Page 35

Page 36

Moray School Nurse Earmarked 27,789
Moray Winter Fund HCSW &
MDT
Earmarked 225,995
LD Annual Health Checks Earmarked 69,188
Community Planning
partnership
Earmarked 2,115
TOTAL  2,023,898 
10. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan 2022 – 2032, ‘Partners in Care’
This report is consistent with the objectives of the Strategic Plan and
includes budget information for services included in the MIJB Revenue
Budget 2023/24. 
(b) Policy and Legal
It is the responsibility of the organisation receiving the direction to work
with the Chief Officer and Chief Financial Officer to deliver services
within the resources identified. The Moray Integration Scheme (para
12.7 of the 2023 Integration Scheme) makes provision for dealing with
in year variations to budget and forecast overspend by reference to
agreed corrective action and recovery plans. It also makes provision for
dealing with year-end actual overspend where such action and plans
have been unsuccessful in balancing the relevant budget by reference
to use of MIJB reserves and additional payments from NHS Grampian
and Moray Council. 
(c) Financial implications
The unaudited financial outturn for 2023/24 for the MIJB core budgets
is £10,023,949 overspend. The financial details are set out in sections
3-9 of this report and in APPENDIX 1. 
The estimated recurring overspend of £8,075,421 as detailed in para 7
will impact on the 2024/25 budget. 
The movements in the 2023/24 budget as detailed in paragraph 8 have
been incorporated in the figures reported. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigations
The most significant risk arising from this report is the control and
management of expenditure to provide the Health and Social Care
services required for the Moray Area, within budget. 
Due to the ongoing financial challenges, the financial circumstances of
the partners and Scottish Government, the amount of reserves have
reduced. There is significant pressure on the budget for 2024/25 along
with increasing demands on the services and cost of living pressures.
Considerations are being given to alternative measures that can be
established to support the recurring overspends and to achieve the
savings target set for 2024/25. There is a big risk for 2024/25 onwards
Page 36

Page 37

to achieve a financial balance. There is a need for constant scrutiny
around this rapidly changing situation and reporting to the Board will
inform throughout 2024/25.   
(e)  Staffing Implications             
There are no direct implications in this report. 
(f)   Property
There are no direct implications in this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equality Impact Assessment is not required because there are no
changes to policy resulting from this report. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no direct climate change and biodiversity implications as
there has been no change to policy. 
(i) Directions  
Directions are detailed in para 9 above and in Appendix 4. 
(i) Consultations
The Chief Officer, the Senior Management Team, Corporate Manager,
Service Managers, Chief Finance Officer (Moray Council) and the
Finance Officers from Health and Social Care Moray have been
consulted and their comments have been incorporated in this report as
appropriate. 
11. CONCLUSION 
11.1 This report identifies MIJB’s unaudited final out-turn position on the
Core Budget of an overspend of £10,023,949 at 31 March 2024 and
identifies major areas of variance between budget and actual for
2023/24. 
11.2 The impact of the provisional outturn on the 2024/25 budget, of a
recurring overspend of £8,075,421 is detailed in paragraph 7. 
11.3 NHS Grampian and Moray Council have both carried forward ear marked
reserves into 2024/25 which total £2,023,898. 
Author of Report: D O’Shea Chief Finance Officer & B Sivewright Finance
Manager (NHSG) 
Background Papers: Papers held by respective Accountancy teams.
Ref:     
Page 37

Page 38

Page 38

Page 39

APPENDIX 1MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
JOINT FINANCE REPORT APRIL 2023 - March 2024
Para Annual Budget (Net) Actual
Ref Net Budget To Date To Date Variance
£'s £'s £'s £'s
2023-24 2023-24 2023-24 2023-24
Community Hospitals 4.1 7,605,270 7,605,270 7,942,294 (337,024)
Community Nursing 5,543,544 5,543,544 5,701,401 (157,857)
Learning Disabilities 4.4 15,748,195 15,748,195 18,365,708 (2,617,513)
Mental Health 4.7 11,046,780 11,046,780 11,506,143 (459,363)
Addictions 1,848,791 1,848,791 1,726,000 122,791
Adult Protection & Health Improvement 197,394 197,394 212,524 (15,130)
Care Services provided in-house 4.10 23,298,067 23,298,067 21,730,612 1,567,455
Older People & PSD Services 4.13 22,356,428 22,356,428 25,190,444 (2,834,016)
Intermediate Care & OT 4.16 1,640,076 1,640,076 1,880,704 (240,628)
Care Services provided by External Contractors 1,833,373 1,833,373 1,808,195 25,178
Other Community Services 4.18 9,739,039 9,739,039 10,012,081 (273,042)
Admin & Management 4.20 2,559,495 2,559,495 2,790,617 (231,122)
Primary Care Prescribing 4.22 18,650,502 18,650,502 21,338,891 (2,688,390)
Primary Care Services 19,776,283 19,776,283 19,939,412 (163,130)
Hosted Services 4.24 5,359,323 5,359,323 5,935,816 (576,494)
Out of Area 4.26 720,131 720,131 1,777,402 (1,057,271)
Improvement Grants 939,600 939,600 949,249 (9,649)
Childrens Services 19,761,623 19,761,623 19,761,623 0
Total Moray IJB Core 169,844,600 169,844,600 179,868,549 (10,023,949)
Other non-recurring Strategic Funds in the ledger 5,980,480 5,980,480 5,980,769 (290)
Total Moray IJB Including Other Strategic funds in the
ledger 175,825,080 175,825,080 185,849,319 (10,024,239)
Other resources not included in ledger under core and
strategic: 5 7,917,856 7,917,856 917,172 7,000,684
Total Moray IJB (incl. other strategic funds) and other
costs not in ledger 183,742,936 183,742,936 186,766,491 (3,023,555)
Set Aside Budget 14,665,000             14,665,000               14,665,000                 -                            
Overall Total Moray IJB 198,407,936 198,407,936 201,431,491 (3,023,555)
Funded By:
NHS Grampian 114,689,538
Moray Council 83,718,398
IJB FUNDING 198,407,936
Page 39

Page 40

Page 40

Page 41

APPENDIX 2 
Description of MIJB Core Services 
1. Community Hospitals includes community hospitals, community administration
and community Medical services in Moray. 
2. Community Nursing related to Community Nursing services throughout Moray,
including District Nurses and Health Visitors. 
3. Learning Disabilities budget comprises of:-
• Transitions,
• Staff – social work and admin infrastructure,
• External purchasing of care for residential & nursing care,
• External purchasing of care for respite, day care and domiciliary care, 
• Medical, Nursing, Allied Health Professionals and other staff. 
4. Mental Health budget comprises of:-
• Staff social work and admin infrastructure,
• External purchasing of care for residential & nursing care,
• External purchasing of care for respite, day care and domiciliary care, 
• In patient accommodation in Buckie & Elgin.
• Medical, Nursing, Allied Health Professionals and other staff. 
5. Addictions budget comprises of:-
• Staff – social work  and admin infrastructure,
• Medical and nursing staff
• External purchasing of care for residential & nursing care,
• External purchasing of care for respite, day care and domiciliary care, 
• Moray Alcohol & Drugs Partnership. 
6. Adult Protection and Health Improvement 
7. Care Services provided in-house Services budget comprises of:-
• Employment Support services, 
• Care at Home service/ re-ablement, 
• Integrated Day services (including Moray Resource Centre), 
• Supported Housing/Respite and 
• Occupational Therapy Equipment Store. 
8. Older People & Physical Sensory Disability (PSD) budget comprises of:-
• Staff – social work infrastructure (including access team and area teams),
• External purchasing of care for residential & nursing care,
• External purchasing of care for respite, day care and domiciliary care and 
• Residential & Nursing Care home (permanent care), 
9. Intermediate Care & Occupational Therapy budget includes:-
• Staff – OT  infrastructure 
• Occupational therapy equipment
• Telecare/ Community Alarm equipment,
•  Blue Badge scheme 
Page 41

Page 42

APPENDIX 2
10. The Care Services provided by External Contractors Services budget includes:-
• Commissioning and Performance team, 
• Carefirst team, 
• Social Work contracts (for all services)
• Older People development, 
• Community Care finance,
• Self Directed support. 
11. Other Community Services budget comprises of:-
• Community services for each locality (Allied Health Professionals (AHP’s),
Dental services, Public Health, Pharmacy and other specialist nursing
roles). 
12. Admin & Management budget comprises of :-
• Admin & Management staff infrastructure
• Target for staffing efficiencies from vacancies 
13. Other Operational Services - range of operational services including – 
• Community Response Team
• Child Protection 
• Winter Pressures
• Clinical Governance
• International Normalised Ratio (INR) blood clotting test Training 
• Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) 
14. Primary Care Prescribing includes cost of drugs prescribed in Moray. 
15. Primary Care Services relate to General Practitioner GP services in Moray. 
16.  Hosted Services, comprises of a range of Grampian wide services. These
services are hosted and managed by a specific IJB on a Grampian wide basis
and costs are re-allocated to IJB budgets. These services include:- 
Moray IJB Hosted & Managed services: 
• GMED out of Hours service.
• Primary Care Contracts Team 
Aberdeen City/Aberdeenshire IJB Hosted & Managed services:
• Intermediate care of elderly & rehab.
• Marie Curie Nursing Service – out of hours nursing service for end of life
patients
• Continence Service – provides advice on continence issues and runs
continence clinics
• Sexual Health service
• Diabetes Development Funding – overseen by the diabetes Network. Also
covers the retinal screening service
• Chronic Oedema Service – provides specialist support to oedema patients
• Heart Failure Service – provided specialist nursing support to patients
suffering from heart failure.
• Police Forensic Examiner Service
• HMP Grampian – provision of healthcare to HMP Grampian.
Page 42

Page 43

APPENDIX 2 
17. Out of Area Placements for a range of needs and conditions in accommodation
out with Grampian. These are managed centrally within NHS Grampian and
charged to IJB’s. 
18. Improvement Grants managed by Council Housing Service, budget comprises
of:-
• Disabled adaptations
• Private Sector Improvement grants
• Grass cutting scheme 
19. Children Services & Criminal Justice budget was delegated to the MIJB from 1
April 2023 and is in its shadow year during 2023/24. The budget includes the
following areas: 
a) Children Services area teams budget includes:-
• Staff – social work (including access team, area teams, disability team,
SCIM and Child Protection Unit)
• Self directed support
• Fostering home to school transport
• Support to families 
b) Quality Assurance team budget includes:-
• Staff – social work
• Locality management groups funding 
c) Reviewing Team 
d) Commissioned Services budget includes:-
• Commissioning team
• Contracts for all services 
e) Out of Area Placements for children placed with external fostering agencies
or in residential accommodation out with Moray. 
f) Placement Services budget includes:-
• Staff – social work (including fostering, adoption and
throughcare/aftercare)
• Continuing care payments, income maintenance, supported lodgings and
throughcare/aftercare grants
• Fostering/kinship fees and allowances
• Adoption allowances
• Adoption fees to other local authorities 
g) Children Services Residential Unit 
h) Justice Services budget includes:-
• Staff – social work
• Youth Justice services
• Out of Hours team
• Community Justice Reform
Page 43

Page 44

APPENDIX 2
• Criminal Justice Services 
i) Children Services Admin and Management budget comprises of:-
• Central management staffing 
• Target for staffing efficiencies from vacancies 
j) Additional grant funding
• Unaccompanied asylum seeking children
• Corra Foundation
• Mental Health and Wellbeing Fund
• Whole Family Wellbeing Fund 
Other definitions: 
Tier 1- Help to help you (information and advice), universal services to the whole
community and an emphasis on prevention. 
Tier 2- Help when you need it (immediate help in a crisis, re-ablement) and regaining
independence. 
Tier 3- Ongoing support for those in need through the delivery of 1 or more self-
directed support options. 
Page 44

Page 45

HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE MORAY
DELEGATED AUTHORITY REPORTS - PERIOD January to March 2024
Title of DAR Summary of Proposal Post(s) Permanent/
Temporary
Duration (if
Temporary)
Effective
Dates
Funding
Speech and Language
Therapist
Required for Moray HSCP to
fulfil it's statutory duties for
these children.
Band 6 26.25 hours Temporary to 31/03/26 As appointed Funded in full by a contract with Moray
council in place until end of March
2026.
Health Care Support
Worker
Required for Moray HSCP to
fulfil it's statutory duties for
these children.
Band 3 30 hours Temporary to 31/03/26 As appointed Funded in full by a contract with Moray
council in place until end of March
2026.
Desk Top Publishing -
Relocation of G6
Transfer post from Desk top
publishing to performance and
quality team
Grade 6 36.25 hours Permanent N/A ASAP Budget already in place 
Page 45

Page 46

Page 46

Page 47

APPENDIX 4 
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
DIRECTION 
Issued under Sections 26-28 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014 
1. Title of Direction and Reference
Number
MIJB Updated Budget Position
20240530GHB11
20240530MC11
2. Date Direction issued by the Moray
Integration Joint Board
30.05.2024
3. Effective date of the Direction 01.04.2023
4. Direction to: NHS Grampian and Moray Council 
5. Does the Direction
supersede/update a previous
Direction?  If yes, include the
reference number(s) of previous
Direction
Yes budgeting monitoring report on
28.03.2024 and budget report for
23/24 to MIJB on 30.03.2023
6. Functions covered by Direction All functions listed in Annex 1, Part
1 of the Moray Health and Social
Care Integration Scheme and all
functions listed in Annex 2, Part 1 of
the Moray Health and Social Care
Integration Scheme. 
7. Direction Narrative  Directed to deliver for the Board, the
services noted below in pursuance
of the functions noted below and
within the associated budget noted
below
8. Budget Allocation by MIJB to deliver
on the Direction
Moray Council associated budget -
£90.02 million, of which £0.5 million
is ring fenced for Housing Revenue
Account aids and adaptations and
£19.8 for Children Services &
Criminal Justice which is in the
shadow year. 
NHS Grampian associated budget - 
£88.2 million, of which £5.3 million
Page 47

Page 48

relates to Moray’s share for services
to be hosted and £18.7 million
relates to primary care prescribing. 
An additional £14.6 million is set
aside for large hospital services . 
All details contained in APPENDIX 1
to the report
9. Desired Outcomes The direction is intended to update
and reflect the budget position for
2023/24 
10. Performance monitoring
arrangements and review
Directions will be reviewed by the
Audit Performance & Risk
Committee on a six monthly basis
for assurance.  Any concerns should
be escalated at the first available
opportunity to the MIJB. 
An annual report of all current
Directions will be presented to the
MIJB 
Page 48

Page 49

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: REVENUE BUDGET & RECOVERY PLAN 2024/25 
BY:  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1. To outline the budget allocations to the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB)
and to consider the revenue budget for 2024/25, the estimated funding gap and
the charges. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1. It is recommended that the MIJB: 
i) note the funding allocations proposed by NHS Grampian and Moray
Council, detailed at 4.6; 
ii) note the anticipated budget pressures detailed in 4.10; 
iii) approves the 2024/25 proposed savings plan at 4.23 and detailed in
APPENDIX 2; 
iv) formally approve the Revenue Budget for 2024/25 as detailed in
APPENDIX 1, following consideration on risks highlighted in 4.30
and 
v) approve Directions for issue as set out at APPENDIX 3 to NHS
Grampian and Moray Council. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1. On 19 December 2023 following the announcement of the Scottish
Government’s indicative budget for 2024-25 by the Cabinet Secretary for
Finance, the Director of Health Finance and Governance wrote to Health Board
Chief Executives providing details of the funding settlement for Health Boards.
In Parliament on 19 December, the Cabinet Secretary set out that 2024/25
delivered a worst-case scenario for Scotland’s finances, with financial
pressures across health and social care being, by far, the most challenging
since devolution.
Page 49

Page 50

3.2. The letter outlined that NHS payments uplift to Integration Authorities for
delegated health functions would only cover pay awards following the outcome
of the pay negotiations in the new financial year. 
3.3. In addition and separate to Health Board funding uplifts, the health and social
care portfolio, will transfer to Local Government  additional funding of £230
million to support retention by beginning to embed improved pay and conditions
for care workers, with Scottish Government considering that this funding
requires local government to deliver a £12.00 minimum pay settlement for adult
social care workers in commissioned services, in line with the equivalent
commitment being made in the public sector pay policy.  In addition to this
further additional funding of £11.5 million will support the uprating of Free
Personal and Nursing Care rates. 
3.4. Scottish Government stipulated that the funding allocation to Integration
Authorities should be additional and not substitutional to each Council’s
2023/24 recurring budgets for social care services and therefore, Local
Authority social care budgets for allocation to Integration Authorities should be
£241.5 million greater than 2023/24. 
3.5. The 2023/24 out turn report is also on this meetings agenda, the unaudited
position was a deficit of £3.02 million as previously forecasted, which was
funded by the partner organisations as per the Scheme of Integration. The
2024/25 working budget was brought to the IJB meeting on 28 March 2024
(para 8 of the minute refers), which reported a funding gap of £3.8 million which
was to be found and brought back to this meeting with a balanced budget. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
MIJB BUDGET 
4.1 The MIJB is required to consider its budget in the context of economic
uncertainty in relation to the ongoing increase in the cost of living and high
interest rates. It is fair to say that the impact of these circumstances remains a
challenge and cannot yet be fully assessed. 
4.2 Following the announcement of the Scottish Budget, NHS Grampian and Moray
Council have notified the MIJB Chief Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the
funding allocation for the forthcoming financial year. 
4.3 On 28 February 2024, a meeting of Moray Council agreed its 2024/25 budget
for the forthcoming financial year.  The Local Government settlement is for one
year only, but the budget was set in the context of longer-term planning. The
funding to the Council was reduced from 2023/24 and so no further uplift is
passed on to the MIJB for adult services. The paper presented referred to the
Moray share of the additional funding that is required to be passed through from
the Council to the MIJB. This is the Moray share of the reported investment in
health and social care of £230 million and £11.5 million relating to free nursing
and personal care, which equates to £4.413 million for Moray. 
Page 50

Page 51

4.4 The NHS Grampian budget setting process is based on the principle that
funding allocations to the 3 Grampian IJB’s will be uplifted in line with the
increase in baseline funding agreed through the Scottish Government budget
settlement, with the total to each IJB being made on the National Resource
Allocation Committee (NRAC) share. The draft Scottish Government budget
was announced on 19 December 2023. It provides for a no baseline funding
uplift for 2024/25. Given the rate of inflation in the UK is currently 4.2% (Office
of National Statistics at January 2024), this contributes to the challenging
financial settlement. However, Scottish Government confirmed that Boards
should assume that pay awards which have yet to be agreed for the 2024/25
financial year will be fully funded by additional Scottish Government resources.
The Board’s 2024/25 Finance Plan was considered by the NHS Grampian
Board on 11th April in conjunction with the Board’s Annual Delivery Plan. Both
the Finance Plan and the Annual Delivery Plan have now been submitted to the
Scottish Government. 
4.5 The table below summarises the additional funding provided to Integration
Authorities by Scottish Government that is passported through both Moray
Council and NHS Grampian. 
Route Moray Share Scotland Wide
Allocation 
£’000 £m
£12.00 – uplift for
Adult Social Care
Staff *
Council (full year
effect)
4,198 230.0
Free Personal &
Nursing Care *
Council 215 11.5
Total via Council  4,413 241.5 
*this is yet to be distributed and as such is not included in the Moray Council contribution 
MIJB FUNDING 2024/25 
4.6 The MIJB has a responsibility under the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014 to set its revenue budget by 31 March each year. The
funding of the MIJB revenue budget in support of the delivery of the Strategic
Plan is delegated from NHS Grampian and Moray Council. The allocated
funding is summarised below:  
Page 51

Page 52

£’000
NHS Grampian (recurring 2024/25) 89,662
NHS Grampian – Set Aside Services 14,665
NHS Grampian – SG Multi-Disciplinary Team Funding 740
NHS Grampian – SG MDT Health Care Support Workers 560
NHS Grampian – Immunisation funding 108
NHS Grampian – School nurses 180
NHS Grampian – District nurses 196
Moray Council - Core 61,339
Moray Council – reduction in pension contribution  (1,169)
Moray Council Childrens & Justice Services – Core ** 19,157
Moray Council Childrens & Justice Services reduction in
pension contribution 
(360)
Moray Council Childrens & Justice Services pay award 300
Moray Council – Improvement Grants* 1,207
Moray Council – SG additional funding (share of £241.5M) 4,413
PARTNER MIJB FUNDING 2024/25 190,997
* Improvement Grants includes £0.707 million which requires to be ring-
fenced as it relates to council house tenants.
** Childrens services includes £3.133 million which required to be ring-fenced
as it relates to the joint Out of Area budget which remains in the Council. 
HOSTED SERVICES 
4.7 Within the scope of services delegated to the MIJB are hosted services.
Budgets for hosted services are primarily based on NRAC. Hosted services are
operated and managed on a Grampian-wide basis. Hosting arrangements
mean that one IJB within the Grampian Health Board area would host the
service on behalf of all 3 IJB’s. Strategic planning for the use of the hosted
services is undertaken by the IJB’s for their respective populations. 
4.8 The 2024/25 budget for Moray’s share of all hosted services is £5.269 million
as detailed below. 
£’000
Hosted by Aberdeen City IJB 
Intermediate Care 926
Sexual Health Services 529  
Hosted by Aberdeenshire IJB 
Marie Curie Nursing 199
Heart Failure Service 66
Continence Service 145
Diabetes MCN including Retinal Screening 221
Chronic Oedema Service 49
HMP Grampian 572
Police Forensic Examiners 349  
Hosted by Moray IJB 
GMED Out of Hours 2,101
Primary Care Contracts 113
TOTAL MORAY HOSTED SERVICES 5,269
Page 52

Page 53

LARGE HOSPITAL SERVICES (SET ASIDE) 
4.9 Budgets for Large Hospital Services continue to be managed on a day-to-day
basis by the NHS Grampian Acute Sector and Mental Health Service,
however the MIJB has an allocated set aside budget, designed to represent
the consumption of these services by the Moray population. The MIJB has a
responsibility in the joint strategic planning of these services in partnership
with the Acute Sector. 
£’000
General Medicine 7,389
Geriatric Medicine 1,152
Rehabilitation Medicine 94
Respiratory Medicine 236
Palliative Care 30
A & E Inpatient 65
A & E Outpatient 4,850
Learning Disabilities 50
Psychiatry of Old Age 106
General Psychiatry 693  
TOTAL SET ASIDE BUDGET 14,665 
BUDGET PRESSURES 
4.10 Budget pressures are a major consideration for the MIJB and are an intrinsic
part of the budget setting process. The additional funding highlighted in the
Scottish Government budget for health and social care is welcomed and will
be required to support expected budget pressures arising for adult social care
uplift of £12.00 for externally commissioned services and free personal and
nursing care. In previous years, both Moray Council and NHS Grampian
would have supported some elements of inflation through their budget setting
process, taking cognisance of the budget setting protocol agreed by the MIJB
on 14 December 2017 (para 15 of the minute refers). Given the difficult
budget settlement for Local Authorities and the financial pressures facing NHS
Grampian, there has been no additional funding aligned to MIJB for adult
social care in addition to the requirement to transfer the share of the additional
investment as determined by Scottish Government. There is also an
expectation as we continue to re-mobilise and transform, there will be budget
pressures arising in relation to what is described as the recurring deficit. It is
important that any investment in building capacity is viewed in the context of
historical cost pressures. The identified cost pressures below are based on
estimates and remains an ongoing consideration in the financial planning. The
table below outlines the anticipated budget pressure the MIJB needs to
address in the forthcoming financial year:  
Page 53

Page 54

£’000
BUDGET PRESSURES 
Pay Inflation  966
Contractual Inflation & Scottish Living Wage 2,404
Prescribing & Community Pharmacy 3,002
Children in Transition  855
Learning Disability & Mental Health complex clients 1,518
Recurring Deficit 8,075
Hosted services 9
National Care Home Contract (NCHC) uplift 826
Free Personal & Nursing Care (FPNC) uplift 215
Funding pressures carried forward 300  
TOTAL BUDGET PRESSURES 18,171   
4.11 In March 2024 following agreement at COSLA Leaders, the Scottish
Government wrote to Integration Authorities providing details of the pay uplift
that would apply to staff providing direct care within Adult Social Care in
commissioned services. The Scottish Government settlement for 24/25
includes funding to support retention and to begin to embed improved pay and
conditions for care workers, requiring local government to deliver a £12.00
minimum pay settlement for adult social care workers in commissioned
services. This will cost in the region of £4.198 million and is included within
the budget pressures for the forthcoming year in the table above. 
4.12 £0.826 million is included as a budget pressure for the NCHC however it is not
yet finalised as Scottish Government and COSLA are still in negotiations
around the increase for 2024/25. This will be partly funded from the additional
funding mentioned above for the £12.00 per hour. 
4.13 Budget pressure for FPNC is also to be funded from the Scottish Government
as part of the £11.5 million additional funding agreed as part of the settlement
for 2024/25. 
4.14 Budget pressure for NHS Pay award, estimated at £0.869 million is excluded
in the pay award figure above since there will be additional funding from the
Scottish Government to fund this once the increase is agreed. 
4.15 With funding being provided by Scottish Government for some elements listed
above, the net budget pressure is £13.721 million. 
Page 54

Page 55

SAVINGS PLAN 
4.16 It is the Moray IJB strategy that sets out the programme of transformation,
operation and improvement. The vision for Moray IJB Strategy is “we come
together as equal and valued partners in care to achieve the best health and
wellbeing possible for everyone in Moray throughout their lives. The 3 themes
within the strategy are:
• Homefirst – developing locality planning approach with the development of
multidisciplinary teams and initiatives including discharge to assess, crises
support, rehabilitation, re-ablement and recovery, housing, adaptations and
technology. Building based to community services.
• Building resilience – developing Making Every Opportunity Count, self
management, prevention, personal responsibility, social prescribing.
• Partners in care- developing care and support planning, support for unpaid
carers, self directed support, realistic medicine, long term conditions,
palliative/end of life, market – shaping strategies. 
4.17 Our outcomes continue align with the National Health and Wellbeing
Outcomes (9):
• Lives are healthier
• People live more independently
• Experiences of services are positive
• Quality of life is improved
• Health inequalities are reduced
• Carers are supported
• People are safe
• The workforce continually improves 
4.18 The Moray Joint Strategic Needs Assessment (JSNA) has been refreshed to
analyse the needs of the local population to inform and guide the
commissioning of health, wellbeing and social care services within Moray. The
main goal of the JSNA is to accurately assess the care needs of a local
population in order to improve the physical, mental health and wellbeing of
individuals and communities. 
4.19 We understand that the building blocks of health and wellbeing include:
employment, housing, education and skills, childhood experiences, economic
stability, healthcare, social and community requirements. We also are working
with competing priorities - cost savings, reducing demand on hospitals, better
experiences and outcomes for people who use health and care services,
improved service alignment/integration, developing population health and
prevention at scale, including wellbeing and tackling inequalities. 
Page 55

Page 56

4.20 A change in focus for Moray is required to deliver improved care and better
outcomes, ensuring sustainability for the future, rather than to deliver cost
savings only in the short term. The health and care system is often seen as
hospital focused, however an integrated and holistic response is required that
encompasses community assets. This requires a system with increased
generalism and multidisciplinary teamworking, with practitioners able to hold
risk and enable people to live healthily in their communities, with a focus on
prevention and reablement. A community focused health and care system
prioritised to local need and individualised support is most effective where that
support maximises independence. 
4.21 The budget setting for 2024/25 includes an indicative saving plan totalling
£8.297 million. Continuous meetings of the Chief Officer, Chief Financial
Officer and the two Heads of Service, along with service managers have been
the focus albeit being extremely challenging to identify additional savings to
support the 2024/25 budget setting process. The indicative savings being
presented today followed on from the recent MIJB Finance event on 7 March
2024. Given that each separate decision made when setting the budget may
impact on the lives of people with protected characteristics, the importance of
the cumulative impact on the decisions being taken is recognised, including
the cumulative impact of service changes and unintended consequences on
communities where multiple organisations might have reduced savings. Some
of these savings identified will be extremely challenging.  
4.22 There is still a focus and commitment around identifying further in-year
savings and savings for future years that will be brought back before the MIJB
for approval to ensure future years budgeting is robust. MIJB is acutely aware
of the challenges it faces surrounding both its people and financial resources
which remains a focus within its decision making. Financial and staffing
impacts will be monitored on an individual savings basis and scrutiny will be
provided through the agreed governance structure. The savings have been
RAG with the basis of the savings being achieved with particular reference to
political environment; staff and changes in services; capacity; engagement
and processes i.e. HR, procurement etc. With this in mind 24 are green status,
4 are amber status and 5 are red status. 
4.23 The table below summarises the progress made by the Health and Social
Care Moray management team in identifying opportunities for
efficiency/savings, which fall under the 3 themes of the MIJB strategy and a
4th heading of savings already implemented. Areas under each theme are
detailed in APPENDIX 2. Close monitoring of progress will be considered and
will be reported on a quarterly basis during 2024/25. 
Para Ref 2024/25  
£ 000’s
Projected Efficiencies/Savings   
Building resilience 4.17 3,299
Home first  4.18 685
Partners in care 4.19 2,713
Savings already implemented 4.20 1,600
Total Projected Efficiencies  8,297 
Page 56

Page 57

4.24 Building resilience covers 9 proposals, predominantly with a RAG status of
green. These proposals cover review and redesign of services: Internal care
at home; vaccination programme; Ward 4; GMED (hosted service for
Grampian, led by Moray); relocation/ reduction of lease of buildings; use of
pool cars; ceasing outsourcing of projects and Children & Justice Service
efficiency. There is 1 proposal that has a RAG status of red for the review of
care and care purchasing, this is reducing the care home bed base by 10,
reviewing all care packages and the use of spot purchasing. These proposals
although challenging will be achievable, a total of £4.462 million is the
expectation over the next 2 financial years, with £3.299 million being
achievable in 2024/25. 
4.25 Home first covers 5 proposals; 3 proposals have a RAG status of green and
relate to the review of respite provision; use of proportionate care model and
the review/redesign of the Learning disability nighttime model of care delivery.
There are 2 proposals that have a RAG status of red and these relate to
redesign of models of care, in conjunction with our home first priority to ensure
people are looked after in their own homes as safely as possible and relates
to redesign of ward 4 inpatient services and the redesign of community
hospitals, to ensure services are fit for purpose. These proposals although
challenging will be achievable, a total of £1.932 million is the expectation over
the next 2 financial years, with £0.685 million being achievable in 2024/25. 
4.26 Partners in care covers 9 proposals, 6 of which have a RAG status of green
and relate to review of day services; review of complex and challenging
behaviour units; review of step down building based facilities, prescribing
efficiencies, use of digital support; review of charging policy & SDS pay points
(including recovery of income through reviews). There is 1 proposal that has
an amber RAG status which relates to review of Learning disability service
and review of care home bed usage. There are 2 proposals that have a red
RAG status these relate to commissioning and contracts review and review of
the transport contract for children’s & justice service and adult services. These
proposals although challenging will be achievable, a total of £4.238 million is
the expectation over the next 2 financial years, with £2.713 million being
achievable in 2024/25. 
4.27 There are 10 plans that have already been implemented and savings taken in
2024/25. These relate to review of weekend working; equipment budgets
being combined, vacant posts that have been difficult to recruit and are now
given up from redesign of workloads; vacancy target agreed in the last
financial year for NHS budgets (based on natural turnover). There are also 3
proposals that are for 1 year initially, which will be reviewed for the next
financial year, which relate to no non-essential travel, no non-essential training
and no backfill for secondments. These proposals total £1.6 million all
achievable in 2024/25.    
Page 57

Page 58

BUDGET OVERVIEW 
4.28 The MIJB Revenue Budget for 2024/25 is £200.641 million which includes
£14.665 million Set Aside. The detail is provided in APPENDIX 1 and
summarised below:     
£’000
BUDGET 
Recurring Budget 167,563
Inflationary and Demand Led Pressures 7,155
Recurring Deficit 8,075
SLW & FPNC  4,413
2023/24 commitments to be funded 300
Set Aside  14,665
Reduction for pension contributions (1,529)
TOTAL BUDGET 200,641  
FUNDED BY 
NHS Grampian Recurring (inc Set Aside) 104,327
Moray Council (inc Improvement Grants) 81,702
Scottish Government Additional Funding (£241.5m) 4,413
Childrens & Justice services pay award funding  300
MDT additional funding * 1,300
Scottish Government Additional Funding (including
Ring-Fenced) *
484
reduction for pension contributions (1,529)
Savings identified  8,297
TOTAL FUNDING 199,295  
BUDGET DEFICIT (1,346)  
FUNDED FROM EARMARKED RESERVES 1,346 
4.29 Earmarked reserves carried forward into 2024/25 were £2.02 million, this
included reserves relating to PCIF and Moray Action 15 which will be
exhausted in 2024/25. 
Page 58

Page 59

FINANCIAL RISKS 
4.30 The budget assumptions made within this report carry a degree of financial
risk, meaning that variations that may arise will impact on financial
performance. Acceptance of risk is a necessary part of the budget setting
process. The main risks are summarised: 
• Financial Settlement – the 2024/25 financial settlement is for one year
only and the increased level of funding is required to meet policy
commitments as determined by Scottish Government. There is no
inflationary increase for adult social care provided by Moray Council, but
for NHS Grampian there is the agreement that the pay inflation will be
fully funded by Scottish Government. Whilst a provision has been made
for Local Authority and NHS Grampian pay increases, the NHS Public
Sector Pay Policy or Local Authority pay award negotiations has not yet
been agreed and there is a risk that this will exceed the provision. Whilst
the benefits of longer-term financial planning are well documented in
assisting the delivery of strategic priorities, at this stage, financial
planning is subject to continuous change and there is a need to adapt to
the changing landscape. 
• The budget pressures identified in paragraph 4.5 are based on continued
discussion and assessment and through monitoring, this process is
reasonably accurate. However, there remains the risk in the event that
inflationary increases and demand driven pressures may exceed the
anticipated cost. There is no provision for increases over and above the
SLW payments for providers. 
• Prescribing costs are a large and volatile part of the MIJB budget with
demographic changes a material contributing factor. Whilst the decisions
to prescribe are made locally, the costs of drugs and agreements to
introduce new drugs are made on a national basis. Provision in the
budget has been made based on analysis undertaken by NHS Grampian
with a range of options provided from Best Case to Best Prediction and
Worst-Case scenario. MIJB are proposing the inclusion of the Best
Prediction scenario with the associated pressure of this option. There is
a risk associated with this option and the IJB will closely monitor this
budget through regular reporting to the IJB throughout financial year
2024/25 and appropriate action taken to mitigate the pressure in year
through continued close working with NHS Grampian, this is being
reviewed not only across Grampian but nationally. 
• Demographic changes, the demographic profile of Moray continues to
show a general rise in population with a specific increase in the age
profile of the population. The associated challenges of providing care for
a rising population where people live with multiple conditions are well
known. These challenges manifest themselves in a financial sense when
we experience issues such as rising numbers for social care packages
and rising demand for aids, adaptations, and equipment. The increasing
level of complexity of need for some of our clients means that high-cost
care packages may arise during the year for which we have not
budgeted. The same applies to patients who need out of area care and
Page 59

Page 60

where a clinical decision has been made that this is in their best
interests. 
• In Primary Care there continues to be a number of continuing challenges
around sustainability of some of our GP Practices with inability to recruit
General Practitioners a common issue. This has necessitated the
Partnership providing support and investment to maintain GP services in
some parts of Moray. We will continue to use the Primary Care
Improvement Fund and other funding streams to support General
Practices and wider Primary Care teams across Moray. 
• The MIJB must also ensure preparedness for the implementation of
national policy and legislation in particular the Health and Care (Staffing)
(Scotland) Act 2019 ensuring safe and appropriate staffing with
implementation from 1 April 2024 and full compliance by March 2025. 
• The savings identified is particularly challenging to be fully achieved in
the year, the risk of achieving the savings has been calculated based on
the RAG status, with green assuming will be 90% achieved, amber 80%
and red 70% respectively. Using this assumption the savings for 2024/25
could be £6.817 million, leaving a risk of a potential funding gap, which
would have to be borne by the partners of £1.48 million. The
implementation of savings also presents an opportunity to redesign
services collaborating with staff and communities. 
5.      SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan 2022 – 2032, ‘Partners in Care’
The approval of a balanced budget for the MIJB is key to the delivery of
health and social care services in Moray in accordance with the Strategic
Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
In accordance with the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act
2014, MIJB is subject to the audit and accounts regulations and
legislation of a body under Section 106 of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973 and is classified as a local government body for
accounts purposes by the Office for National Statistics. 
(c) Financial implications
The 2024/25 revenue budget (excluding Set Aside) as detailed in
APPENDIX 1 is £185.976 million. 
The funding allocated to the MIJB by Moray Council and NHS Grampian
and through the Partner bodies from Scottish Government totals
£176.332 million (excluding Set Aside). In addition, the indicative
savings plan for the forthcoming year totals £8.297 million. 
Page 60

Page 61

The notional Set Aside budget for Moray’s share of the Large Hospital
Services is currently £14.665 million. The Set Aside budget is provided
by NHS Grampian. 
A balanced budget is presented displaying use of slippage in ear marked
reserves of £1.346 million, this will need to be funded in 2025/26. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
The revenue budget for 2024/25 is subject to the following risks: 
• GP Prescribing – represents around 10% of the MIJB core
budget. It is well documented that the Prescribing budget can be
extremely volatile in nature with volume and price increases
potentially leading to substantial adverse variances. 
• Growth and demand in the system, together with service users
with complex care needs are attracting additional financial
challenge. These issues require to be managed within the overall
resource of the MIJB. 
• The need to transform at pace and drive forward opportunities
arising through changes to working practice experienced through
the pandemic. The risk being the ability to capture and embed in a
timely manner. 
• National Care Home Contract for 2024/25 has not yet been
agreed and whilst this will be partly funded from Scottish
Government funding for the £12.00 per hour, this will not fully fund
the increase once agreed. 
• The implications of the cost-of-living crisis and current levels of
inflation, which although are now forecast to decrease continuing
cost increases may mean the provision for inflation may not cover
all the calls upon it. Price inflation may impact on areas where no
provision has been made for inflationary increases and this will
add pressure to budgets. Budget managers will need to control
their expenditure to absorb such pressure if possible and may
have to reduce service levels or identify further savings. 
• This report highlights the anticipated budget pressures at
paragraph 4.10.  It will be necessary to note that budget
pressures may exceed allocation. This will be closely monitored
and reported accordingly to the MIJB as part of the budget
monitoring reports. 
• With the level of savings required to balance the budget there is a
risk that the budget may not be achieved in line with expectations
for 2024/25. Based on the rag status as in para 4.23, there is a
risk of not achieving the savings in this financial year of £1.48
million, which will require to be borne by the partners of the MIJB. 
Page 61

Page 62

(e) Staffing Implications
There are no direct implications in this report. 
(f) Property
None arising directly from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
None arising directly from this report as there is no change to policy. Any
subsequent changes to policy arising from proposals made within this
paper will be considered and Impact assessed as appropriate. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no direct climate change and biodiversity implications as there
has been no change to policy. 
(i) Directions
Directions are detailed in para 4.28 above and in APPENDIX 3. 
(j) Consultations
The Chief Officer, Health and Social Care Moray Senior Management
Team, Operational Management Team, Corporate Manager, Chief
Finance Officer (Moray Council), Deputy Director of Finance NHS
Grampian, the finance teams of both Moray Council and NHS Grampian,
and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1. Legislation requires the MIJB to set its Revenue Budget for the
forthcoming year by 31 March each year. A working budget was approved
on 28 March 2024, with the budget gap to be closed for this meeting. The
budget displays a balanced position. The Section 95 Officer as Chief
Financial Officer to the Board recommends the budget as presented at
APPENDIX 1. 
6.2. Close monitoring of the continuing effects of the increasing demands on
services will be required in order to ensure the MIJB can remain within
the funding allocation provided by NHS Grampian and Moray Council. 
Author of Report: Deborah O’Shea, Chief Financial Officer
Background Papers:  with author
Ref: 
Page 62

Page 63

APPENDIX 1MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
JOINT FINANCE REPORT APRIL 2024 -MARCH 2025
Para Approved Annual
Ref Net Budget
£'s
2024-25
Community Hospitals 6,253,310
Community Nursing 6,060,235
Learning Disabilities 16,105,087
Mental Health 10,875,617
Addictions 1,204,261
Adult Protection & Health Improvement 197,875
Care Services provided in-house 23,906,043
Older People & PSD Services 22,745,439
Intermediate Care & OT 1,845,077
Care Services provided by External Contractors 2,209,707
Other Community Services 9,610,235
Admin & Management 1,214,961 
Other Operational Services 1,128,760
Primary Care Prescribing 18,727,506
Primary Care Services 18,865,380
Hosted Services 5,269,365
Out of Area 720,131
Improvement Grants 1,207,037
Childrens Services 19,156,625
Total Moray IJB Core 167,302,651
Other recurring Strategic Funds in the ledger 260,046
Total Moray IJB Including Other Strategic funds in the
ledger 167,562,697
Other resources not included in ledger under core and
strategic: 18,413,581
Total Moray IJB (incl. other strategic funds) and other
costs not in ledger 185,976,278
Set Aside Budget 14,665,000
Overall Total Moray IJB 200,641,278
Funded By:
NHS Grampian 106,111,000
Moray Council 84,886,256
Savings identified 8,297,470
Use of ear marked reserves 1,346,552
IJB FUNDING 200,641,278
Page 63

Page 64

Page 64

Page 65

Progress to
MIJB proposed savings
35%
100% 65%
Ref Service Brief Description Full year effect £000s  Effect amended  Progress towards
Implementation
Planned
Implementation
Date
Implementation
Date Risk Level Risk Description Apr-24 May-24 Jun-24 Jul-24 Aug-24 Sep-24 Oct-24 Nov-24 Dec-24 Jan-25 Feb-25 Mar-25 Total in year   2025/26
BUILDING RESILIENCE                          4,462.00                  3,299.47                             26.32                 234.65                 247.15                 250.65                 250.65                 250.65                 338.15                 338.25                 340.75                 340.75                 340.75                 340.75         3,299.47     1,162.53
Internal Care at Home review Review of Internal care at home
including redesign                                238.00                         76.00 0% 01/4/2024 &
1/4/2025 Green Timeline                                6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                      6.33                76.00         162.00
Vaccination Programme redesign Redesign                               110.00                      110.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green
Workforce implications
Could impact on contingency for
another pandemic
Timeframe may be too short
9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17                      9.17             110.00                     -  
Outsourcing of staff for projects etc Cease outsourcing for projects -
use existing staff for development                                100.00                      100.00 100% Mar-24 Apr-24 Green Limited capacity within our own
workforce                               8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33             100.00                     -  
Ward 4 redesign of service Cease locum use - gradual &
implement 2 CESR fellows                           1,044.00                      522.00 Oct-24 Green Recruitment                   87.00                    87.00                    87.00                    87.00                    87.00                    87.00             522.00         522.00
GMED redesign & health village relocation
Relocation from Health Village,
redesign of clinical & admin
staffing model, Ad astra Ehealth
system
133.00                         36.80 Apr 24, july 24 & Apr
25 Green
Workforce Impact
Parking
Footfall dependent on location
0.40                      0.40                      0.40                      3.90                      3.90                      3.90                      3.90                      4.00                      4.00                      4.00                      4.00                      4.00                36.80            96.20
Pool car vs expenses review
Review into all teams transport
and expenses to evalaute best
options                                 
30.00                         10.00 0% Dec-24 Green Time and capacity – will be spend to
save in the first instance                                     2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                10.00            20.00
Cessation of leases and relocation FEVC, Southfield, Strathisla dental
proactice                               282.00                      128.00 0% June 24, Oct 24 &
Apr 25 Green none                   12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    13.00                    13.00                    13.00                    13.00                    13.00                    13.00             128.00         154.00
C&F additional efficiencies Additional budget efficiency                                  25.00                         25.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green
Impact on SW
ASP
CP
2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                      2.08                25.00                     -  
Review of Care & Care Purchasing
Reduction of care home bed base
by 10 , spot purchasing & review
care packages
2,500.00                  2,291.67 May-24 Red                  208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33                 208.33         2,291.67         208.33                        
HOME FIRST                          1,932.00                      685.00                                     -                              -                              -                              -                      46.25                    46.25                    69.33                    69.33                    94.33                    94.33                    94.33                 170.83             685.00     1,247.00
Respite provision
Review into planned and
emergency respite - change in
model                               
450.00                         37.50 0% Mar-25 Green
Time to implement fully
Care home bed shortage
Care Home Provider monopoly
Competition from other boards
Time heavy paperwork for care homes
37.50                37.50         412.50
Proportionate  care Redesign model                                555.00                      370.00 0% Aug-24 Green
Time to fully implement
Needs full EQIA
Service user safety                           
46.25                    46.25                    46.25                    46.25                    46.25                    46.25                    46.25                    46.25             370.00         185.00
Night Time Responder (LD) Redesign LD nighttime model of
care delivery                                277.00                      138.50 0% Oct-24 Green Organisational change                               23.08                    23.08                    23.08                    23.08                    23.08                    23.08             138.50         138.50
Ward 4 redesign of service Redesign of mental health
inpatient services                                350.00                         39.00 0% Mar-25 Red
Reputational damage
RCH pressure Pan Grampian impact
and decision
PotentIal OOA                                         
39.00                39.00         311.00
Community hospital redesign Redesign of inpatient services
supporting Home First                                300.00                      100.00 0% Dec-24 Red
Contentious – public opinion (KELP) etc
Reputational damage
Impact on secondary care
25.00                    25.00                    25.00                    25.00             100.00         200.00                        
PARTNERS IN CARE                          4,238.00                  2,712.50                             95.50                    95.50                 145.50                 187.17                 187.17                 187.17                 218.75                 270.15                 331.44                 331.44                 331.44                 331.30         2,712.50     1,525.50
Commissioning and contracts review Review of all contracts and
redesign of provisions                               807.00                      551.00 0% Apr 24, july 24 & oct
24 Red Time and capacity, reputational damage
Balance of needs versus costs                                3.75                      3.75                      3.75                    45.42                    45.42                    45.42                    67.25                    67.25                    67.25                    67.25                    67.25                    67.24             551.00         256.00 
Day Services review
Review into day services and
provsion, including building based:
co-location options, MRC catering
& infrastructure                               
220.00                      161.50 0% Apr 24 & Oct 24 Green
Reputational damage
Impact on Unpaid carers
Downstream impact
Impact on MH of service user
8.58                      8.58                      8.58                      8.58                      8.58                      8.58                    18.33                    18.33                    18.34                    18.34                    18.34                    18.34             161.50            58.50
Complex & challenging behaviour unit Review Review into Woodview and change
management                                657.00                      498.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green Organisational change                             41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50                    41.50             498.00         159.00
LD review & review of care home bed usage Internal review and redesign,
review care home bed utilitsation                                736.00                      245.00 0% Dec-24 Amber
Any care package savings has
implications for safety. Requires care
home registration change and agreed
costings                                   
61.25                    61.25                    61.25                    61.25             245.00         491.00
Review of step down building based facilities Review into model of care                                118.00                         49.00 0% Nov-24 Green
Lack of step down facility
Impact on acute /secondary care/
primary care
9.80                      9.80                      9.80                      9.80                      9.80                49.00            69.00
Prescribing efficiencies Medication cessation and switches
within GP services                                600.00                      500.00 0% Jun-24 Green Pan Grampian approach may take tme
to implement                        50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00                    50.00             500.00         100.00
Digital Support efficiencies - NO TEMPLATE
REQUIRED
As part of DHI (Moray Growth Deal
and Analogue To Digital Proposal)                               100.00  Requires further
consideration Green Pan Grampian approach may take tme
to implement                                               -           100.00
Charging policy & SDS pay points review Review charges and SDS points,
increase recovery                               500.00                      500.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green SG shift away from charging                             41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.67                    41.70                    41.70                    41.70                    41.57             500.00            (0.00)
Transport contract
Review fo how we contract for
transport for childrens and adult
services
500.00                      208.00 Nov-24 Red                     41.60                      41.6                      41.6                      41.6                      41.6             208.00         292.00
Page 65

Page 66

ALREADY IMPLEMENTED                          1,600.00                  1,600.00                          133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33                 133.33         1,600.00                     -  
Service delivery B7 w/end working
Cease use of band 7 nurses  for
weekend working community
hospitals and FNCT
50.00                         50.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green
Could leave all decision making to Mon
–Fri
Workforce impact                               
4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                      4.17                50.00                     -  
Equipment & Supplies Shift of budget to education                                100.00                      100.00 100% Mar-24 Apr-24 Green Implemented                                8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33                      8.33             100.00                     -  
Remove TL Older adult comm(temp)MH No replacement of post                                  61.00                         61.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green Risk to existing staff                               5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                      5.08                61.00                     -  
Lead Nurse- reduction in hours No backfill of seconded post                                  17.00                         17.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green Risk to existing staff                               1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                      1.42                17.00                     -  
No non-essential travel (I year) Non essential travel ban (out of
area)                                  30.00                         30.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Amber Impact on staff development                                2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                      2.50                30.00                     -  
No non-essential training (I year) Non essential training ban
(conference attendance etc)                                 20.00                         20.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Amber Impact on staff development                                1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                      1.67                20.00                     -  
No backfill for secondments (1 year) Maternity leave- case by case
consideration via RMG                                150.00                      150.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Amber Displacement of some staff, service
pressures                             12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50                    12.50             150.00                     -  
Vacancy target NHS - NO TEMPLATE REQUIRED Already implemented                            1,000.00                  1,000.00 100% Apr-24 Apr-24 Green                            83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33                    83.33         1,000.00                     -  
Cessation of Weekend working  OT (NHS) Cease weekend working DGH NO
FUNDING                                   86.00                         86.00 100% Mar-24 Mar-24 Green Implemented - OT wait list                                7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                86.00                     -  
Cessation of Weekend working physio Cease weekend physio DGH (NO
FUNDING)                                  86.00                         86.00 100% Mar-24 Mar-24 Green Implemented - Physio wait list                                7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                      7.17                86.00                     -  
TOTAL                        12,232.00                  8,296.97                          255.15                 463.48                 525.98                 571.15                 617.40                 617.40                 759.56                 811.06                 899.86                 899.86                 899.86                 976.22         8,296.97      3,935.03
Page 66

Page 67

APPENDIX 3 
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
DIRECTION 
Issued under Sections 26-28 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014 
1. Title of Direction and Reference
Number
MIJB Updated Budget Position
20240530GHB12
20240530MC12
2. Date Direction issued by the Moray
Integration Joint Board
30.05.2024
3. Effective date of the Direction 01.04.2024
4. Direction to: NHS Grampian  and Moray Council 
5. Does the Direction
supersede/update a previous
Direction?  If yes, include the
reference number(s) of previous
Direction
Yes working budget report on
28.03.2024 
6. Functions covered by Direction All functions listed in Annex 1, Part
1 of the Moray Health and Social
Care Integration Scheme and all
functions listed in Annex 2, Part 1 of
the Moray Health and Social Care
Integration Scheme. 
7. Direction Narrative  Directed to deliver for the Board, the
services noted below in pursuance
of the functions noted below and
within the associated budget noted
below
8. Budget Allocation by MIJB to deliver
on the Direction
Moray Council associated budget -
£89.9 million, of which £0.5 million is
ring fenced for Housing Revenue
Account aids and adaptations and
£3.1 for Children Services &
Criminal Justice OOA ring fenced
shared budget. 
NHS Grampian associated budget - 
£77.7 million, of which £5.3 million
Page 67

Page 68

relates to Moray’s share for services
to be hosted and £18.7 million
relates to primary care prescribing. 
An additional £14.6 million is set
aside for large hospital services . 
All details contained in APPENDIX 1
to the report
9. Desired Outcomes The direction is intended to update
and reflect the budget position for
2024/25 
10. Performance monitoring
arrangements and review
Directions will be reviewed by the
Audit Performance & Risk
Committee on a six monthly basis
for assurance.  Any concerns should
be escalated at the first available
opportunity to the MIJB. 
An annual report of all current
Directions will be presented to the
MIJB 
Page 68

Page 69

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: STRATEGIC RISK REGISTER – FINANCIAL – MAY 2024 
BY:  CHIEF OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To provide the Board with an overview of the strategic financial risks, along
with a summary of actions which are in place to mitigate those risks, updated
May 2024. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board notes the updated Financial Strategic
Risk Register included in APPENDIX 1. 
3. BACKGROUND  
3.1 The strategic risk register is reviewed regularly by the Senior Management
Team as part of a robust risk monitoring framework, to identify, assess and
prioritise risks related to the delivery of services in relation to delegated
functions, particularly any which are likely to affect the delivery of the Strategic
Plan. 
3.2 The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) Financial Strategic Risk Register is
attached to this report at APPENDIX 1 and sets out the increasing risks being
faced by the MIJB, together with a current assessment on the level of the risks
and mitigating actions being taken to reduce the impact of the risks.   
3.3 Risk scores are weighted, based on assessment according to their likelihood
and corresponding impact, as per Section 5 of the MIJB Risk Policy.   
3.4 The Strategic Risks received an initial review to ensure they align to the
Moray Partners in Care 2022-2032 strategic plan which was agreed at MIJB
on 24 November 2022 (para 14 of the minute refers). 
3.5 As agreed at Audit, Performance and Risk Committee 26 October 2023 (para
8 of the minute refers), amendment was approved to report on the Strategic
Risk Register from quarterly to biannually unless any significant change
required to be informed to committee. As agreed the Financial Strategic Risks
are presented to the Board today.
Page 69

Page 70

4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The Risk Management Framework review was completed and outcome was
approved by the Board on 25 June 2020 (para 9 of the minute refers). The
approved Risk Appetite Statements have been included in APPENDIX 1. 
4.2 A report is presented to MIJB with a financial update and savings plan for
2024/25 on 30 May 2024. 
4.3 The financial position poses a significant complexity to service planning. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022-2032”
The MIJB requires effective governance arrangements for those services
and functions delegated to it and Risk Management systems are integral
to this. 
(b) Policy and Legal
As set out in the terms of reference, the Board has responsibility to
provide assurance of the adequacy of the risk management framework. 
There are no legal implications arising from this report.  
(c) Financial implications
There are no direct financial implications arising from this report however
the Board should note the failure to manage risks effectively could have
a financial impact for the MIJB. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
This report forms part of the governance arrangements for identifying
and managing strategic risks of the MIJB.  The risks are outlined in the
body of the report in section 4. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no additional staffing implications arising from this report.   
(f) Property
There are no property implications arising from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equalities Impact Assessment is not required because there are no
service, policy or organisational changes being proposed. However,
Impact Assessments will be core to any financial decision making. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no impacts arising from this report. 
(i) Directions
None arising from this report.
Page 70

Page 71

(j) Consultations
Consultation on this report has taken place with the Chief Finance
Officer and Senior Management Team. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This report and appendix outlines the current position and recommends
the Committee note the revised and updated Strategic Risk Register. 
Author of Report:  Sonya Duncan, Corporate Manager
Background Papers:   held by HSCM
Ref: 
Page 71

Page 72

Page 72

Page 73

APPENDIX 1
RISK SUMMARY
1. The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) does not function as set out within the Integration Scheme, Strategic Plan and in-line with Standing
Orders and fails to deliver its objectives or expected outcomes.  
2. There is a risk of MIJB financial failure in that the demand for services outstripping available financial resources.  Financial pressures being
experienced by the funding Partners will directly impact on decision making and prioritisation of MIJB.
3. Inability to recruit and retain qualified and experienced staff to provide safe care and providing capacity to deliver on planned strategic aims. 
4. Inability to demonstrate effective governance and effective communication and engagement with stakeholders.
5. Inability to cope with unforeseen external emergencies or incidents as a result of inadequate emergency and resilience planning.
6. Risk to MIJB decisions resulting in litigation/judicial review.  Expectations from external inspections are not met.
7. Inability to achieve progress in relation to national Health and Wellbeing Outcomes.  Performance falls below acceptable level.
8. Inability to progress with delivery of Strategic Objectives and Transformation projects as a result of inability to resolve data sharing and data
security requirements.
9. Requirements for support services are not prioritised by NHS Grampian and Moray Council.
Risk Assessment Table – Multiply likelihood score by impact score to determine the risk rating (score). 
Risk Heading Lead Officer Current Risk Rating Target Risk Rating Last Reviewed Position Change
Financial
Sustainability
Chief Finance Officer 20 9 23/1/24 
Key 
Risk improvement 
No change to risk 
Risk deterioration 
Page 73

Page 74

APPENDIX 1
Description of Risk: Financial
There is a risk of MIJB financial failure in that the demand for services outstrips available financial resources.  Financial pressures being
experienced both by the funding Partners and Community Planning Partners will directly impact on decision making and prioritisation of MIJB. 
Consequence: MIJB is unable to deliver its strategic priorities, statutory services and identified projects. 
Rationale for Risk Appetite  The Board recognises the financial constraints all partners are working within. MIJB has a low risk appetite
to financial failure and recognises the significance of achieving a balanced budget. The Board also
acknowledges the statutory requirements to provide services within the allocated budget. The cost of
current service delivery is higher than available budgeted resources.
Those risks will only be considered: 
• Where a clear business case or rationale exists for exposing ourselves to the financial risk 
• Where we can protect the long term sustainability of health & social care in Moray   
Rational for Risk Rating If the IJB's strategic plan and medium term financial plan are not prepared on a sustainable basis, there is a
risk that the recurring cost base could exceed future funding allocations resulting in an underlying deficit.
This will adversely affect both current and future service provision and will impact on the IJB's ability to
deliver its strategic priorities and vision.  Given the current level of uncertainty associated with civil unrest
across the globe, cost of living crisis, tight financial settlements for local government and health and the
impact of increasing demand, the magnitude of the potential costs involved represent a continuing
significant financial risk.  Additional consequentials have ceased and any recurring costs will have to be met
from existing baseline budgets. National Care Service legislation also introduces a new area of financial
uncertainty 
Mitigations / Current controls in place   
5 5 25 1. Budgets delegated and managed by Service Managers with Head of Service oversight.
2. Vacancy controls via the Resource Management Group (RMG), High cost packages are now
reviewed by an oversight group with recommendations made to RMG
3. Chief Finance Officer (CFO) and Senior Management Team (SMT) working to continuously
identify additional savings. 
4 5 20
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current
Impact
Current
Score
Page 74

Page 75

APPENDIX 1
Assurances: MIJB and Audit, Performance and Risk oversight and scrutiny of budget 
Reporting through MIJB, NHS Grampian and Moray Council 
Gaps in Assurance: Some of the financial savings will take planning, engagement and implementation. SMT and OMT are in the process of
identifying capacity within the current workforce to support this work.
Capacity to manage the redesign work required has yet to be realised.
Releasing capacity to manage the work required to realise the financial savings could impact on other service delivery /
priorities.
Financial savings need to be aligned to the themes set out in Partners in Care 2022-2032
Whilst prioritising the financial savings there is a risk that other commitments may need to be paused. 
Further Controls Required Further Controls
Owner
Target Date
Regular financial workshops with Service Leads to identify further savings Chief Financial
Officer
2/2/24 - Completed
Financial development session with MIJB members  Chief Officer 7/3/24 - Completed
Reporting from RMG to SMT for oversight of agreed spend Chief Officer 4/3/24 - Completed
Financial workshops with OMT looking at savings options Head of Service 2/2/24 - Completed
Additional Drop in finance sessions have been arranged for managers to speak with senior
leaders and the CFO regards any proposed savings plans. 
Chief Finance
Officer
31/5/24
4. A reviewed Financial Framework was presented to MIJB on 30 March 2023, and a further
update will be presented in June 2024.
5. Financial information is reported regularly to MIJB, SMT and Operational Management Team
(OMT).
6. The CO and CFO continue to regularly engage in finance discussions with key personnel of
both NHS Grampian and Moray Council.
7. The CO and CFO will continue to engage with partner organisations in respect of the financial
position throughout the year. Cross partnership performance meetings are with partner CEOs,
Finance Directors and Chair/Vice Chair of MIJB. 
Page 75

Page 76

APPENDIX 1
Capacity within current staffing has been identified to support the collation and oversight of the
financial savings plan for 2024/25
SMT 31/5/24
Engagement and consultation with stakeholders is required before any decisions are made SMT 31/10/24
Engagement and consultation is required with stakeholders where interdependencies may exist SMT 31/10/24 
Review Date Review Notes / Decisions
8/3/24 A Recovery plan was submitted to IJB in January 2024, a development session took place to discuss options in 7/3/24 with the
recovery plan going back to IJB in March 2024.
29/4/24 A Development Session was held with Service Managers, SMT and MIJB members (hybrid) on 18/4/24 to discuss the proposed
savings plan, some topics were discussed with Q&A session for MIJB 
Likelihood – What is the likelihood of the risk occurring? Assess using the criteria below. 
Rare 
(1) 
Unlikely 
(2) 
Possible 
(3) 
Likely 
(4) 
Almost Certain 
(5) 
Don’t believe this event
would happen
Will only happen in
exceptional circumstances
Not expected to happen
but definite potential
exists
Unlikely to occur
May occur occasionally
Has happened before on
occasions
Reasonable chance of
occurring
Strong possibility that
this could occur
Likely to occur 
This is expected to
occur frequently/ in
most circumstances
more likely to occur
than not   
Impact – What could happen if the risk occurred?  Assess for each category and use the highest score identified.  
The impact scale is from an organisational level perspective.  It reflects the key areas that if impacted could prevent the organisation achieving its priorities
and objectives.  The scale is a guide and cannot cover every type of impact therefore judgement is required. 
Category  Negligible 
(1) 
Minor 
(2) 
Moderate 
(3) 
Major 
(4) 
Extreme 
(5) 
Page 76

Page 77

APPENDIX 1  
Patient or Service
user Experience 
Reduced quality
patient
experience/clinical
outcome not
directly related to
delivery of clinical
care  
Unsatisfactory patient
experience/clinical
outcome directly
related to care
provision – readily
resolvable 
Unsatisfactory patient
experience/ clinical
outcome, short term
effects – expect
recovery less than 1wk  
Unsatisfactory patient
experience /clinical
outcome, long term
effects - expect
recovery over more
than 1week 
Unsatisfactory 
patient
experience/clinical
outcome, continued
ongoing long term
effects 
Objectives/ Project 
Barely noticeable
reduction in
scope/quality/
schedule  
Minor reduction in
scope/quality/schedule 
Reduction in
scope/quality/project
objectives or schedule 
Significant project
overrun 
Inability to meet
project/corporate
objectives, reputation
of organisation
seriously damaged 
Injury /illness
(physical and
psychological) to
patient/service
user/visitor/staff/carer 
Adverse event
leading to minor
injury not requiring
first aid   
Minor injury or illness,
first aid treatment
required 
Agency reportable, e.g.
Police (violent and
aggressive acts) 
Significant injury
requiring medical
treatment and/or
counselling 
Major injuries/long term
incapacity /disability
(e.g. loss of limb),
requiring, medical
treatment and/or
counselling 
Incident leading to
death(s) or major
permanent incapacity  
Complaints/Claims 
Locally resolved
verbal complaint 
Justified written
complaint peripheral
to clinical care 
Justified complaint
involving lack of
appropriate care 
Claim above excess
level.  Multiple justified
complaints 
Multiple claims or
single major claim
Complex Justified
complaint 
Service/ Business
Interruption 
Interruption in a
service which
does not impact
on the delivery of
patient care or the
ability to continue 
to provide service 
Short term disruption
to service with minor
impact on patient
care/service 
provision 
Some disruption in
service with
unacceptable impact 
on patient care 
Temporary loss of
ability to provide 
Service. 
Sustained loss of
service which has
serious impact on
delivery of patient care
resulting in major
contingency plans 
being invoked 
Permanent loss of 
core service/ facility 
Disruption to facility
leading to significant 
“knock on” effect -- 
to function 
Staffing and 
Competence 
Short term low
staffing level
temporarily
reduces service
Ongoing low staffing
level reduces service
quality 
Late delivery of key
objective/service /care
due to lack of staff 
Uncertain delivery of
key
objective/service/care 
due to lack of staff 
Non-delivery of key
objective/
service/care due to
lack of staff.  
Page 77

Page 78

APPENDIX 1
quality (less than
1 day) 
Short term low
staffing level (>1
day), where there
is no disruption to
patient care 
Minor error due to lack
of/ ineffective training/
implementation of 
training 
Moderate error due to
lack of/  ineffective
training /
implementation of
training 
Ongoing problems with
staffing levels  
Major error due to lack
of/  ineffective training /
implementation of
training 
Loss of key staff
Critical error due to
lack of/  ineffective 
training/
implementation of
training  
Financial (including 
Damage/Loss/Theft/ 
Fraud  
Negligible
organisational/
personal financial
loss up to £1k 
Minor organisational/
personal financial 
loss of £1-10K 
Significant
organisational/personal 
financial loss of £10-
100k
Major
organisational/personal 
financial loss of £100k-
1m)
Severe
organisational
financial loss of more
than £1m 
Inspection/ 
Audit
Small number of
recommendations
which focus on
minor quality
improvement
issues 
Recommendations
made which can be
addressed by low
level of management
action
Challenging
recommendations that
can be addressed with
appropriate action plan 
Improvement Notice 
Enforcement/prohibition
action 
Low Rating 
Critical report 
Prosecution  
Zero rating 
Severely critical
report  
Adverse Publicity/ 
Reputation 
Rumours, no
media coverage 
Little effect on
staff morale 
Local media coverage
– short term. Some
public embarrassment 
Minor effect on staff
morale/public attitudes 
Local media – long
term adverse publicity  
Significant effect on
staff morale/public
perception of the
organisation 
National media adverse
publicity less than 3
days 
Public confidence in the
organisation
undermined 
Use of services
affected 
National/International
media/ adverse
publicity, more than 3
days 
MSP/MP/SEHD
concern (Questions
in Parliament) 
Court 
Enforcement/Public 
Enquiry/FAI 
Likelihood Consequences/Impact 
Negligible Minor Moderate Major Extreme
Almost Certain Medium High High V High V High
Likely Medium Medium High High V High
Possible Low Medium Medium High High
Unlikely Low Medium Medium Medium High
Rare Low Low Low Medium Medium 
Page 78

Page 79

APPENDIX 1 
Review Timescales – When a risk rating has been assigned the criteria below should be used to assess the review timescales.   
Very High or High  Requires monthly monitoring and updates. 
Medium  Requires quarterly monitoring and updates. 
Low  Requires 6 monthly monitoring and updates. 
Page 79

Page 80

Page 80

Page 81

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: ANNUAL REPORT OF THE CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER
2023-2024 
BY:  CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1. To inform the Board of the annual report of the Chief Social Work Officer on the
work undertaken on the Council’s behalf during the period 1 April 2023 to 31
March 2024 inclusive. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1. It is recommended that the Moray Integration Joint Board consider the
contents of this report. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1. In compliance with their statutory functions under the Social Work (Scotland)
Act 1968, all local authorities have a Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO).  Chief
Social Work Officers are requested to complete annual reports detailing the
performance, challenges and successes experienced by their respective social
work services and taken through their own governance structures alongside
submission to Scottish Government. 
3.2. The Office of the Chief Social Work Adviser in the Scottish Government
(OCSWA) collates an overview Summary Report based on the key content of
the reports from all local authorities in Scotland.  This summary would: 
• Be of value to CSWOs and also support OCSWA in their role of raising
the profile and highlighting the value and contribution of social work
services; and
• Be a useful addition to the set of information available to aid
understanding of quality and performance in social work services across
Scotland. 
Page 81

Page 82

3.3. The Council’s Social Work Services require to support and protect people of all
ages as well as contributing to community safety by reducing offending and
managing the risk posed by known offenders.  Social Work has to manage this
together with the implications of significant demographic change and financial
constraint whilst fulfilling a widening array of legal obligations and duties. 
3.4. The annual report is attached at APPENDIX 1. 
4. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
This report is in line with Moray 2026 Plan – healthier citizens, ambitious
and confident young people, adults living healthier, sustainable
independent lives safeguarded from harm and Council priority 4 – More
of our children have a better start in life and are ready to succeed. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The services referred to in this report fall within the scope of a number of
important pieces of legislation including: 
• Social Work (Scotland) Act 1968
• The Adult Support & Protection (Scotland) Act 2007
• The Community Care & Health (Scotland) Act 2002
• The Children (Scotland) Act 1995
• The Joint Inspection of Children’s Services & Inspection of Social
Work Services (Scotland) Act 2006
• Adoption and Children (Scotland) Act 2007
• Looked After Children (Scotland) Regulations 2009
• The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014
• Children & Young People (Scotland) Act 2014 
Significant policies and white papers that relate to these services
include: 
• Changing Lives, the Future of Unpaid Care in Scotland (2006)
• Delivery for Health (2005)
• All our Futures: Planning for a Scotland with an Ageing Population
(2007)
• Better Health, Better Care: Action Plan for a Healthier Scotland
(2007)
• Better Outcomes for Older People: Framework for Joint Services
(2005)
• National Guidance for Child Protection in Scotland, The Scottish
Government 2021
• The Promise: Scotland’s Independent Care Review 2020 
(c) Financial implications
There are no direct financial implications arising from this report.  Future
priorities will be addressed within the context of the financial planning
process.
Page 82

Page 83

(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
There are no risk implications associated with or arising from this report. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no staffing implications directly relating to this report. 
(f) Property
There are no property implications arising from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
There are no issues directly arising from this report. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no issues directly arising from this report. 
(i) Consultations
The following have been consulted in the preparation of this report: MIJB
Senior Management Team; Simon Bokor-Ingram, Chief Officer 
5. CONCLUSION 
5.1. The report outlines the performance, challenges and opportunities
experienced across social work in Moray through the year. 
Author of Report: Tracy Stephen CSWO/Head of Service
Background Papers:  Attached at Appendix 1
Ref: 
Page 83

Page 84

Page 84

Page 85

Appendix 1
Annual Report by Moray Chief Social Work Officer
Introduction 
I am pleased to present the Chief Social Work Officer (CSWO) report for the period
spanning 1st April 2023 to 31st March 2024. 
This year has brought about a different set of challenges, chiefly related to the financial
position of Moray IJB and the continuing difficulties in recruitment across social work and
social care. There has continued to be a lot of policy change across the wider system and
staff wellbeing has come into much sharper focus as staffing levels and resources became
scarce.  That said, the staff across the health and social care partnership have been
extraordinary and their commitment and relentless efforts are keenly felt by the members
of our community who they are supporting.  
This was the first year of children, families and justice services social work being in the
Health and Social Care Partnership as a delegated service into Moray Integration Joint
Board.  This created a year of many changes and adjustments for everyone across the
partnership but it has felt like a positive step forward in being able to work in an integrated
way with adult social work and social care, amongst others. 
Governance, accountability, and statutory functions 
The CSWO chairs a Practice Governance Board both within children and justice and adult
services.  The CSWO reports into the Integration Joint Board and related Audit, Risk and
Performance and Clinical and Care Governance Committees as well as the Education,
Children’s and Leisure Services Council Committee, as necessary.  There is also
requirement to attend and support both the Adult and Child Protection Committees.  The
CSWO chairs the GIRFEC Leadership Group and attends a wide range of partnership
meetings across the health and social care partnership, children’s services, wider NHS
Grampian partnership and across adults and justice services. The CSWO also attends a
regular national CSWO meeting, as well as linking into Social Work Scotland Standing
Committee and related subgroups. 
The governance and accountability arrangements for Moray remain chiefly unchanged
throughout this period.  Work will continue around trying to better align the governance
structures across health and social care. 
This year saw a joint inspection of children at risk of harm which created an amount of
additional activity, between July 23 and January 24.  The partnership worked well together to
support the process and the inspection report was as expected, where partners were aware
of the areas still requiring development. 
Page 85

Page 86

Appendix 1
There was a Fostering, Adoption and Adult Placements inspection in July 2023 which
resulted in an improved grading of Good. There was also a nationwide thematic inspection in
relation to children’s disability services which included Moray.         
There were many challenges experienced across adult services, with the continued issue of
delayed discharges and care at home and there have been transformational ideas and a
high level of commitment from staff to find solutions to the situation. 
Reducing resources and a requirement to find savings created opportunities to approach
challenges in a different way and rethink the way people are provided with support to best
meet their needs. 
There have been challenges with recruitment of social workers and social care staff across
this year and this has had an impact on staff who continue to work increasing caseloads. 
Although this is a national issue, it is felt keenly in Moray as a rural area as recruitment can
be a challenge at any time, with this year being particularly difficult.   
Within Health and Social Care Moray the CSWO is part of the Senior Management Team
that meets on a weekly basis. 
The Chief Social Work Officer relies on reporting from Service Managers, Consultant
Practitioners and the development and performance staff to have oversight of the wider
system and the quality of social work practice.  Developments in this area are required to
ensure that the right information is being collected and scrutinised. 
The data dashboard using Microsoft Power BI has now been developed for children’s and
justice services and it is hoped that not only will this provide much more relevant reporting to
stakeholders, but there may in the future be opportunities to publish recent data. 
Children and families 
This year has seen a number of significant challenges within children and families social
work, mainly pertaining to recruitment and retention of staff, similar to many other areas.
This led to increased workloads for staff and some failed recruitment drives. The recruitment
of agency workers was also a challenge, as Moray can be a difficult place to attract people
to, due to the rurality and geography of the authority, despite the fact that when people come
here to work and live, they tend to remain. 
Work is ongoing related to the partnership’s efforts to progress with the Whole Family
Wellbeing Fund and both staff absence and capacity impacted progress. The commitment
shown to making improvements across the Children’s Services Partnership has been
inspiring and with everyone working together, the children’s services plan came together
cohesively. 
Services across the partnership, in place to protect children and young people at risk of
harm, were inspected between July and December 2023. Services were assessed as
adequate and the key inspection findings were:
Page 86

Page 87

Appendix 1 
- The partnership’s approach to identification and initial response to risk was helping to
keep children and young people safe.
- The majority of children and young people were benefitting from caring and trusting
relationships with key staff, but not all felt that staff spent the time with them that they
needed.
- Where available, specialist services were helping children and young people recover
from abuse and neglect.
- Young people at risk of harm from themselves or to others, or from risk in the
community did not always receive the help they needed to make a positive difference
in their lives.
- Children and young people and parents and carers were contributing to decisions
about their lives, though not all had access yet to independent advocacy.
- Children and young people at risk of harm were not yet routinely influencing service
planning and delivery.
- The child protection committee had not yet fully developed the mechanisms
necessary to understand and communicate the difference that services were making
to the lives of children and young people at risk of harm. 
Alongside partners, social work services are now engaged in an improvement plan to
develop and improve the service and practice for children and young people at risk of harm. 
Positively, the Children’s Services Plan 2023-2026 was launched in October 2023, setting
out the vision for children, young people and their families. The social work service has
incorporated the aims of this plan into a Social Work Plan for 2024-2027. Central to this plan
is reducing the number of children going into care, developing best practice and transforming
our culture. 
Page 87

Page 88

Appendix 1 
Population of approx. 
94,280    (NRS Mid-Year Population Estimates data released on 26 March 24) 
18.8% of those are under 18   
Approx. 95% of young people under 
16 identify as White -Scottish 
14% of families have two children or less 
0.97% of children and young people
have a ‘looked after’ status 
95%
5%
Nationality
White Scottish other
Page 88

Page 89

Appendix 1 
Overall at the end of March 2024 there were 1185 open cases to the Children and Families
and Justice Social Work department. Excluding aftercare cases 23% of the people using all
other services had previous care experience.
• Access Team 172
• West Area Team 233
• East Team 136
• Youth Justice 45
• Throughcare and Aftercare 87
• Disability Pod  90
• Justice Service 422 
There were 2614 referrals into the Access Team in the year 23/24 which is an overall
decrease of 13.27% on the previous year. 
136
233
17290
4537
50
422
Cases open as at 31 March 2024
East SW West SW Access Disability Pod
Youth Justice Throughcare Aftercare Justice Services
Page 89

Page 90

Appendix 1 
Of these 624 were Child Protection referrals which is a 14.4% decrease in Child Protection
referrals on the previous year. 
There was also a decrease of 26 referrals relating to domestic abuse which is a decrease
6.9%. 
Area Teams 
West and East Area Teams had an average of 18% child protection cases open across the
services. Both area teams also struggled with similar staffing challenges putting the teams
under additional pressure. There were 173 looked after and accommodated children. 71
children’s names were placed on the North East Child Protection Register at the end of
March 24.
0
100
200
300
400
Referrals -Year on Year
21-22 22-23 23-24
Page 90

Page 91

Appendix 1 
*Numbers exclude justice services and aftercare services
Overall there was a slight increase in children being received into local authority care in
Moray from March 23 until November 23, there is been evidence of social workers finding
creative solutions to support families to stay together and keep children remaining within
their families which resulted in an overall decrease in numbers at the end of March 24. Of
the children and young people who were leaving care (no longer formally looked after) there
were 58 who left care and this was also a decrease of 26.7% from the previous year. 
The Promise 
During this period developments were focussed on keeping The Promise to Moray’s children
and young people. Our Champion’s Board was refreshed and we launched Moray’s
Children’s Services Plan which incorporated the Promise Plan for Moray, Child Poverty plan
and the Corporate Parenting Plan. Staff absences impacted our ability to progress the
activity we hoped, but a new structure to support the priorities of the plan helped to continue
towards our goals. 
Bairn’s hoose conversations took us to consider our current building at Hamilton Drive,
which is a shared unit for police, social work and health colleagues and has the potential to
become a format of Bairn’s hoose. Those conversations will continue within the Child
Protection Committee. 
This year has seen the first annual review of the Scottish Child Interview Model (SCIM). The
design and implementation of the model has brought accolade to the North East of Scotland
with the model winning the Chief Constable’s Excellence Award 2023 under category of
Service Improvement. 
The SCIM is now firmly embedded and well-established across the North East.  The
proposed hybrid model allowing central coordination supported by local management and
structures has been implemented, along with the successful delivery of ‘soft boundaries’ and
a single North East IRD process. 
173
71469
Categories of Open Cases
Looked After Child Child Protection Registration Child In Need
Page 91

Page 92

Appendix 1
The Implementation Group continues to provide oversight, support, and direction of the
SCIM with quarterly reports developed and considered by the group and reported to the
three associated CPCs. 
Total Number of JIIs (SCIM) 
During 2023, a total of 676 JIIs were completed by the SCIM team with an additional 108
requiring to be completed out with the team utilising the 5-Day model.  As such, over the
course of the review period, 87% of interviews were conducted under the SCIM, far
exceeding the team’s initial commitment of 60%.
Children’s Services Learning Reviews 
— Child I (Irvine) 
The circumstances pertaining to Irvine were felt to be similar in nature to the recent learning
review the partnership undertook for Haddon. While the partnership agreed there would be
benefit for a smaller review and support for practitioners the learning is reflected in the wider
action plan from both reviews. 
The Strategic Manager learning event held 22nd January 2024 and A practitioner Feedback
Event held 5th February 2024. 
Both reviews of Flora and Hadden were undertaken internally and were noted as excellent
examples of learning reviews by the Care Inspectorate. As such both were presented to the
Care Inspectorate Knowledge Hub to disseminate the wider learning, both presentations
generated lots of interest and questions, we were thanked for sharing the learning widely. 
Out of Area Placements 
In April of 2024 there were 23 agency placements which was a decrease of 4 from the start
of the financial year. For residential care the number of placements reduced from 18 to 15,
there was 1 secure care placement and for foster care there was a decrease from 9 to 7.
279
41%
253
38%
144
21%
2023 - Number of Interviews
Aberdeen City
Aberdeenshire
Moray
Page 92

Page 93

Appendix 1
Reduction in the overall number of placements related to young people becoming adults or a
change in the practice model.  
In 2023/24 the Placement Oversight Meeting has continued to have oversight of agency
placements and supports care planning. This is with a view to ensuring that high cost care
options are only used when necessary and to support young people returning to placements
in Moray. The carer recruitment campaign for foster care and supported lodgings has
continued to broaden placement options and reducing the need for agency/out of area
placements.         
Placement Services 
Placement Services comprises Fostering, Adoption, Kinship, Supported Lodgings,
Continuing Care and Throughcare & Aftercare.   
The Fostering Service experienced an increase in the number of foster carers from 34 to 37.
This was an increase of 8.87% and followed increased activity with the Marketing Plan and a
focus placed on recruitment within the Carer Recruitment Campaign.  
The Adoption Service undertook one assessment which was due to be heard at panel in
May 2024. Two young people from outwith Moray were placed with Moray Adopters where
four young people achieved legal permanence by each being made subject to a
Permanence Order with Authority to Adopt.     
In Kinship Care the number of kinship household moved from 28 to 30 which was an
increase of 7%. Linked with this, the number of kinship placements formalised via a legal
order moved from 38 to 36 during the year which was a decrease of 5%. Two placements
ended as the young people returned to parental care.  
In Supported Lodgings the number of households moved from 4 to 7 where the number of
being offered placements increased from 5 to 10. This reflected a move by Supported
Lodgings carers to provide more than one placement. It also reflected some applicants
wishing to provide a supported lodgings placement to unaccompanied asylum seeking
children. As with the Fostering Service a Marketing Plan and Business Plan resulted in a
more targeted recruitment campaign as part of the Carer Recruitment Campaign. 
In Continuing Care the number of placements increased from 7 to 9, a rise of 28%, providing
young people with placement stability and continuity as they transitioned into adulthood. This
also reflected the effectiveness of the Continuing Care Policy and the degree to which it was
embedded within practice.             
Champion’s Board 
Moray Champions Board continues to thrive and during the last year has been the driving
force behind events which have enabled young people to connect with their peers, develop
Page 93

Page 94

Appendix 1
new and valuable skills, and be involved in the co-production and decision making of
services. Key achievements include- 
• Care Leavers Event supported by 15 Corporate Parents from across the partnership. 
• Care Day Celebrations hosted by 10 care experienced young people and attended
by 50 Corporate Parents. 
• Participation in Moray Council Recruitment Process.
• 8 young people hosted a Summer BBQ which provided peer support opportunities for
young care experienced children.
• Co-produced a new Care Leavers Housing Protocol.
• 3 young people created and launched a video addressing stigma in Education.
• 8 young people supported the joint inspection of children’s services by developing a
welcome video for inspectors and hosting an engagement event with young
inspectors from the Care Inspectorate.
• Moray Champions Board took a lead role in the commissioning including service
design and delivery of the new advocacy provider for Moray. 
• 5 young people worked with Morays Promise Team to co-produce and submit a
successful funding bid to Corra, to develop a local maintaining relationships project. 
During the last year 10 young people are active members of the Champions Board attending
weekly sessions and have been supported by 4 multiagency facilitators including adults from
the Through Care After Care Team, Morays Youth Team, and Police Scotland.  The group
has been supported regularly by 7 Corporate Parents from across the partnership.   Next
steps for the group include developing a care leavers drop in hub and a Champions Board
weekly podcast. 
Unaccompanied children and young people seeking asylum 
In 2023/24 there was a significant increase in the number of unaccompanied asylum seeking
children (UASC) supported by Placement Services via the National Transfer Scheme. The
number of young people increased from 6 to 10 UASC who were under 18 and for the over
18’s, still being supported, increased from 3 to 7. They were placed in Supported Lodgings,
college accommodation or Local Authority housing supported by staff from the Throughcare
& Aftercare Team. This highlights the commitment by Moray Council to support those
unaccompanied asylum seeking children via the National Transfer Scheme. 
Youth Justice 
There have been 67 referrals into Youth Justice over the last year, with 45 young people
actively engaging with the team at the end of this reporting period. These numbers have
remained fairly consistent throughout this period.  At this time 8% of open cases within
Justice Social work and Youth Justice are care experienced young people.  This relates to
31% within Youth Justice and 6% in Justice Social Work. 
Page 94

Page 95

Appendix 1 
There remains a continued commitment to reducing the number of care experienced young
people open to Justice Services and the early identification of individuals so that appropriate
supports and early interventions can be offered. 
There have been 61 children and young people referred to the Scottish Children’s Reporter
Administration during this period.  5 of those individuals were female indicating that it
continues to be young males who require the highest level of support in respect of being in
conflict with the law.  The most common offence reported is vandalism with threatening or
abusive behaviour next highest, it is evident that these behaviours have a significant impact
on the local community and other young people.  Targeted interventions are used to address
these types of behaviour working with the young people and their care givers.  Multi-agency
working with education, police and fire service continues to address risks and provide
information and safety advice to young people and their families. 
Youth Justice staff have undertaken training in relation to criminal exploitation and young
people which has enhanced their knowledge in relation to contextual safeguarding and
particular risks faced by young people within the community.  There has also been further
training completed in relation to completing risk assessments for young people displaying
sexually harmful behaviour which ensures that young people are provided with the right care
and support alongside addressing behaviours that are of concern.  The Youth Justice team
carry out interventions for all 16 and 17 year olds who are assessed as suitable for diversion
from prosecution and continue to provide a support role to young people who appear from
Court.  During this period the team have supported two individuals who have been
remanded by the Court to a secure care placement and supported the Justice Social work
team in ensuring that approaches when working with younger people within the criminal
justice system are appropriate and upholding the rights of children. 
Justice Services 
Justice services supported 324 requests for a Justice Social Work Report which converted
into 249 community payback orders over the reporting period. The service was able to
provide some bespoke and creative supports to people who need it the most in the
community, whilst also maintaining contact with individuals in custody who will be released
39 25 14
467 422
45
JSW/YJ COMBINED JUSTICE SW YOUTH JUSTICE
CEYP Total case load
Page 95

Page 96

Appendix 1
on statutory measures.  During this period there were 6 individuals who were released from
prison on statutory measures and 16 who were offered support through voluntary
throughcare.  Work has been undertaken through the Community Justice partnership to
improve the voluntary provision offered with partners as the uptake on this support remains
quite low.  
At the end of reporting period there were 92 individuals being subject to MAPPA in the
community, 2 of these were MAPPA level 2 and none at MAPPA level 3.  During this period
there was a CAT 3 referral into MAPPA which was managed until transfer of the case to
another local authority area. 
Stats as of 31 March 2024:
Moray   
Cat 1's  
Total: 126  
In prison: 34  
In hospital: 0  
In community: 92  
Police owned: 54  
JSW owned: 38  
NHS owned: 0  
Cat 3's  
In community: 0  
SPS - due for
release 1  
Restricted Patients  
Total: 2  
In community: 0  
In hospital: 2   
Bail supervision and electronic monitoring assessments allow an opportunity for early
intervention work to take place and early identification of support needs whilst offering a
robust alternative to remand.  Assessments are completed in all cases where bail is being
opposed and there has been a significant increase in these over this period.  Bail
supervision clinics have now been set up by the support work team in Justice to ensure that
contact levels meet the requirements, and practical and emotional support is available in
addition to referrals to other agencies.  We continue to prioritise women, parents or those
with caring responsibilities, individuals who may be more vulnerable due to addiction or
mental health issues and under 25’s. 
Page 96

Page 97

Appendix 1 
12551 hours of unpaid work have been completed over this reporting period covering the
majority of areas in Moray.  Whilst most of this work is undertaken by the unpaid work
squads in the community, at the end of this period 14 individuals were being supported in
individual placements.  These placements include charity and third sector organisations
which does not take away employment opportunities for other people.  This has meant we
have been able to support a female who was pregnant to compete her hours and has also
resulted in on-going voluntary placements following individuals completing their hours. 
Improved links have been made between Unpaid Work staff and Moray Pathways in order to
link people with employment support at the earliest opportunity.  This also allows the
individuals to maximise the potential for ‘other activity’ hours that can make up to 30% of
hours on an Order.  This approach has resulted in increased access to funding for training
courses for individuals alongside support to gain employment.  The team also continue to
work in partnership with Moray Food Plus in the growing and distribution of fresh produce to
the local community from our polytunnel, we also utilise this space for group work activities. 
During this reporting period we have continued to run a men and women’s group which is
open to anyone within the service.  An 8-week health and wellbeing programme was run in
partnership with the NHS Health Promotions team, with sessions also supported by Moray
Arts Development Engagement.  There are a number of other interventions used within the
team aimed at reducing reoffending including structured programme work targeting particular
offences i.e. sexual or domestic offending which is delivered in a group, 2:1 or 1:1 depending
on the programme and individuals risks and needs. 
11
122
8
29
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
2022/2023
2023/2024
Bail Supervision
Disposal Assessment
Page 97

Page 98

Appendix 1
Policy, Development and Commissioning 
There was significant work undertaken by the Policy, Development and Commissioning team
to develop and implement procedures and resources to support staff across the partnership
in their practice. Procedures developed this year include:
• Revised Multi-agency Child Protection Procedure incorporating Protection
From Serious Harm
The National Guidance for Child Protection 2023 is translated into the Moray context and the
procedure ensures that our approach to safeguarding young people who may be at risk of
significant harm is firmly anchored in child protection practice. 
Further to this, where there is actual or potential risk of serious harm, the procedure
introduces Protection for Serious Harm Planning to support the partnership manage risk. 
• Multiagency Reflective Case Discussion Procedure
Reflective Case Discussions have been written into practice to support practitioners to reflect
upon the barriers to positive outcomes for families
• Multiagency Escalation Procedure
Where there is a variance in, for example, the assessment of risk or approach to planning
between partners to a plan, the Escalation Procedure will support practitioners to resolve the
problem and make progress for children and their families. 
• Secure Care Procedure
When secure care may be an option for a young person, to prevent risk of harm to
themselves or others, the Secure Care Procedure outlines the potential routes to secure
acre and the efforts which must be made to prevent this options form being utilised. 
• Moray Support in Pregnancy Pathway
A revision of the Moray Vulnerable Pregnancy Pathway, the Support in Pregnancy Pathway,
sets out the duties, roles and responsibilities to women whose pregnancy is considered
vulnerable. 
• Graded Care Profile 2 Procedure
The Graded Care Profile 2 was introduced to Moray to support the assessment and
response to neglect. This procedure sets out the response to the assessment to ensure that
were neglect is assessed as present, children, young people and their families can rely on a
consistent approach across the partnership.  
• Induction Procedure
Mirroring the national picture, the recruitment and retention of qualified social work staff has
been a challenge in Moray. The Induction Procedure was introduced to welcome new staff. 
Page 98

Page 99

Appendix 1
Child Protection materials:
A series of leaflets relating to child protection practice (Inter-agency Referrals Discussion,
Child Protection Planning Meetings, Child Protection Investigations) were developed to
support practitioners to help children, young people and their families understand the service
and support their participation in planning. 
Training and Development 
In the dates between April 2023 and April 2024, the following training has been received by
staff: 
Safe and Together
The multi-agency roll out of Safe & Together has been ongoing during this period and over
60 staff members attended the four day CORE sessions. In total, 82% staff members are
now licensed to use the tool with the remainder scheduled to be trained over summer 2024.
This is a total increase of 54% over the period.
3 social work staff members are trained as trainers. In addition to this, a series of quarterly
Practitioner Forums have been introduced to support trained staff. 
Safer Sleep
The multi-agency Safer Sleep training delivered by the Cot Death Trust has now been
attended by 71% of children and families social work staff. This training was specifically in
relation to Sudden and Unexplained Death of an Infant and/or Child giving staff a good
understanding of potential causes, as well as how to interact with families who may face this
awful situation. This increase equates to a further 16% of staff receiving training. 
Our Family Story 
The assessment paperwork ‘Our Family Story’ introduced in the previous period was still
being trained in the past 12 months and 76% of children & families staff have now received
training in its use, an increase of 17%. 
Solution-Orientated Practice/Meetings 
Moray is continuing to embrace the multi-agency use of Solution Oriented Practice/Meetings.
This way of working ties in directly with child protection planning meetings, the Our Family
Story assessment and soon to be launch Child Planning paperwork suite. 76% of staff are
familiar with this model, which is a 17% increase during this period. 
Graded Care Profile 2
As of October 2023, 18 members of staff across the partnership were prepared to become
Graded Care Profile 2 trainers, 5 of which are from the children & families social work
department. To date, 11 training sessions have been scheduled and a total of 31 staff
members becoming licensed practitioners, alongside multi-agency colleagues. This equates
to 30% of the eligible workforce, with a further 40% to be captured over the remainder of the
year. 
Page 99

Page 100

Appendix 1
Short briefings have also been delivered to individuals who would have little use for the
licensed tool, but would benefit from a general understanding. These have been well
attended and attendees span across the HSP, Council employees and third sector staff. 
In addition to the aforementioned sessions, the department has come together with the
CSWO at multiple sessions to assist with the creation of a Social Work Plan. This are
designed to work alongside the existing Children’s Services Plan 23-26. These sessions
have allowed for collaborative working, critical thinking, and the introduction of appropriate
Team performance indicators. Furthermore, Senior Social Workers now have their own
mentoring sessions with a representative from HR, covering staffing related issues, like the
FARM process. 
Parallel to the delivery of the above training, further learning opportunities have been being
developed. Over the summer months, staff are due to receive training in newly developed
topics such as: Child Criminal Exploitation, Child Sexual Exploitation, Contextual
Safeguarding, and Court Skills. 
Adult Services 
Challenges were keenly felt across adult services, with the pressures of delayed hospital
discharge continuing. There are many examples of staff pulling together to find creative
solutions to support different parts of the system to enable support to be focussed in the
correct areas. 
Plans to progress the MRI scanner for Moray and the related decant of Ward 4, Mental
Health services to complete necessary anti-ligature works was making good progress and
many practitioners came together to carefully plan how the works could happen concurrently
and in the least intrusive way possible both for patients of Ward 4 but also of Dr Grays
Hospital. Unfortunately, despite making good progress towards finding an ultimate solution,
Scottish Government advised that it was unlikely to be able to fund this project and so an
alternative route to making support to people both safe and sustainable, with a focus on
community supports and maintaining people at home where possible and in their best
interests. 
Page 100

Page 101

Appendix 1
Community Care 
Referrals to Community Care 
NHS24 Public
Protection
Referral - Adult
Police
Concern
Report - Adult
Referral to
Community
Care Team+
Scottish
Ambulance
Service
Referral - Adult
Scottish Fire &
Rescue
Service
Referral - Adult
2023/24 205 1332 2136 120 52
2022/23 187 1645 2042 74 16
2021/22 12 1333 2227 23 11 
Need in the community continues to rise as the age of the population does in Moray with
reducing resources across the board. This gives rise to a need to work relentlessly to
support people in need to access family and community assets and third sector supports first
and foremost, also supporting people to remain at home and be independent.    
Care at Home 
The Care at Home Service provides practical support and personal care, to people with an
assessed need, to support them to live as independently as they can at home or in a homely
setting in their community.  Care at Home (CAH) provision is one of the most challenging
sectors within Health and Social Care. Social Care staff provide services to some of the
most vulnerable in our communities. Citizens regularly face social isolation, difficulty with
everyday tasks and mobility, long term health concerns and financial worries. 
Self-Directed Support (SDS) is the way that care and support is delivered, making the
principles of choice and control central to care and support, and giving individuals full
opportunity to take control of their support and their lives. 
In Moray, option 3 CAH services are delivered by the Health and Social Care Partnership’s
own CAH or by our Partner, Care Quality Scotland (CQS).  Weekly monitoring of the unmet
need in CAH has been in place since August 2021. In Spring 2023, a strategic review of
current CAH arrangements was commissioned by HSCM Senior Management Team. 
There is an ongoing review of the current contract with a focus on service improvement and
sustainability. As part of the review, a CAH Workshop was held on 4 March 2024 to revisit
the vision “In Moray we want to empower people to live independent lives near the people
and places that are important to them. We want to support people to regain their
independence after a period of ill health or following a traumatic event.” 
Care at Home Position 
Planned hours of care at home refers to the assessed package of care based on an
assessment completed to assist individuals to meet their personal outcomes.  As of 25th
February 2024, the planned weekly hours of care were 4752. 
Page 101

Page 102

Appendix 1 
Number of
planned weekly
hours (Feb
2023)
Number of
planned weekly
hours (Feb
2024)
Change %
Internal Care at
Home
3,550 3,871 +321 +9.04%
Partner
Provider
1,446 881 -565 -39.07%
Total 4,996 4,752 -244 -4.88% 
A weekly care at home hub meeting was established in January 2023 with the aim of better
understanding challenges faced in each locality and keeping track of where and how care is
being provided, to understand risks faced by the service users and providers and to assist in
developing strategies for improvement across the service. Performance information from
these meetings is submitted weekly to the Collaborative Care Home Support Team Meeting,
which oversees provision of care at home and care homes by internal and external services. 
A Strategic Care at Home Group was set up in 2023 to look at the commissioning element of
CAH and how internal services can support progress in this area. This is managed and
progressed by the Commissioning Team, supported by the Locality Managers. 
Internal CAH underwent an unannounced inspection between the 9-15 November 2023. This
was the first inspection since 2020 and all six actions identified had been met in full, with the
service being awarded the grade of five (very good) in the following categories: 
• How well do we support people’s wellbeing; 
• How good is out leadership; 
• How good is our staff team; and 
• How well is our care and support planned. 
The service was commended for having several projects ongoing, looking at innovative
solutions to difficulties facing the care sector and improving people’s outcomes. 
Recruitment/Retention/Training: Since April 2023, 58 new staff have started in the service as
shown in Figure 1. It also shows 48 staff have left, the reasons for this are shown in figure 1
below. 
Page 102

Page 103

Appendix 1 
Figure 1 
As a result of the CAH Practice Governance Forum, a new induction training programme has
been developed, which is now held every 2 months, and has had excellent feedback from
participants and CAH staff. This will continue to be collected after each course is completed,
with a view to more formally reviewing the programme throughout 2024/25. 
The retention rate in CAH remains high at 79% for staff that have joined the service since
April 2023. Staff feedback gathered by the Care Inspectorate during the inspection was also
incredibly positive about all aspects within the service. 
There has been significant work from Health and Social Care Moray with the help of internal
services, to support the external partner. It was hoped that we will see substantial
improvements during 2024. The partner provider had a moratorium placed upon the service
leading to a reduction in almost 60 packages of care since September. 
CAH have devised a Self-assessment tool based on the Care Inspectorate framework, which
was highly commended as part of the Inspection process. A forum was established in 2023
for internal CAH services. This is held on a weekly basis and ensures consistency, best
practices, staff development, manages service and user risk and supports CAH to meet
legislative requirements. 
From the Quarter 2 and 3 performance report, the number of delayed discharges at the
December 2023 snapshot was 37, this was an increase from 26 at the end of quarter 2. It
was noted that delayed discharges for the winter (October – March) period showed a
common trend with previous years. Daily huddles and increased multi-disciplinary team
working are prioritising delayed discharge reduction work.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Reasons employees have left Care at Home Service
23/24
Page 103

Page 104

Appendix 1 
Total Number of hours of care not provided each week – those waiting in community and
hospital 
Mental Health 
Mental Health Officer Workforce
There are currently 13.8FTE Mental Health Officers practicing in Moray.  Only 1 MHO has a
dedicated MHO role with the remaining having substantive posts. Two of the FTE work in
Out of Hours Social Work. A recent workload measurement exercise indicated that daytime
MHOs with substantive posts spend on average 1 day per week on MHO work.  As with the
situation throughout Scotland there are challenges in growing the MHO workforce to meet
demand. 
One Mental Health Officer (MHO) qualified in 2023. There are currently two MHO candidates
in training who are expected to qualify towards the end of 2024. However, it is possible
retirements will reduce the workforce in the near future given the age profile of MHOs, with 5
being over the age of 60 (see table 1) and some seriously considering retirement. 
Table 1
MHOs ≤25 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 65+
Female 0 0 0 0 4 2 2 1 3 0
Male 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0
Total 0 0 0 0 4 2 2 2 5 0 
Moray seconded an Advanced Practitioner in 2022 attached to the Mental Health Team to
focus solely on Adults with Incapacity work to mirror the MHO who had a dedicated MHO
role focussing largely on Mental Health Act work. Because the funding was a one-off
payment with no further funding forthcoming we were only able to recruit for two years,
Page 104

Page 105

Appendix 1
starting in July 2022. The seconded post holder left that post early due to being recruited to
a permanent post and the social work secondment post was ended on maternity leave. The
AWI dedicated role was instrumental in almost clearing the MHO report waiting list but this
has since grown again with 20 being on the waiting list as of 31st March 2024. 
Mental Health Act 
Comparative data 2021-2024 
Table 2
Order 2021-
2022
2022-
2023
2023-
2024
EDC 17(8) 23(10) 21(8)
STDC 66 60 85
CTO 18 11 26
CO 2 1 0 
EDC = Emergency Detention Certificate; STDC= Short Term Detention Certificate; CTO = Compulsory Treatment
Certificate; CTO6 = CTO extension; CO = Compulsion Order. 
Numbers of EDCs in brackets show attributable to there being no MHO on duty Out of Hours. 
There is an upward trend in both Short Term Detention Certificates (STDCs). This
represents a 42% increase from previous year. For CTOs there has been an increase of
44% increase since 2021-2022. It is not possible to draw conclusions from this given the
natural annual fluctuations and the small numbers involved. Data collection and reporting is
an area for improvement in the coming year. 
The gateway into Mental Health compulsory treatment is expected to be through Short Term
Detention Certificates rather than Emergency Detention. In total in 2023-2024 there were 21
EDCs, 8 EDCs of which had no MHO consent were attributable to no MHO being available.
All EDCs were converted to an STDC the following two days or revoked.
Scrutiny into the reason for EDCs in the past year indicated that some EDCs had been
incorrectly attributed to there not being an MHO available and clarification of availability of
MHOs was sent to the Clinical Director for distribution. The number of EDCs should
decrease during the coming year when the remaining social worker in Out of Hours Social
Work qualifies as an MHO in Autumn of 2024. 
Page 105

Page 106

Appendix 1
Adult’s with Incapacity 
In 2022-2023 referrals for an MHO Adults with Incapacity report was 79 which was more
than a 100% increase compared to pre-pandemic levels. In 2023-2024 numbers of referrals
fell to 62 after a 3-year trend of increasing referrals, a decrease of 27%. Unfortunately, the
waiting list for an MHO report has increased to 20. 
During 2023 -2024 there were 46 welfare guardianships granted in Moray. 
Table 3
Applicant Learning
Disability
Dementia Head
injury
Mental
Health
ARBD Total
Private 24 12 2 0 0 38
CSWO 2 4 0 1 1 8 
There are 50 CSWO welfare guardianships in existence, each overseen by a delegated
guardian. 
Adult Commissioning 
In the last year the team have been focusing on the improvements identified in the external
audit from KPMG in February 2023.  This process has ensured that the governance
surrounding commissioning decisions has been approved and the role that Commissioning
has within Health and Social Care Moray has been strengthened. 
To maintain the processes around commissioning, contracts and monitoring, the team has
created a procedure with a number of process maps underpinning the content.  These
process maps identify governance routes, monitoring processes and internal ways of
working.  The team have also been working hard to ensure that contracts are current, and
they have awarded 13 contracts and undertaken 5 letters of extension.  The team is
currently working on 12 contracts which are at various stages of the commissioning cycle. 
Within this, the voice of the citizens of Moray gets stronger as they are included in the
commissioning cycle, from consultation stage to sitting on a tender panel.   
A particular strength of the Adult Social Care Commissioning team is with the proactive and
reactive monitoring of contracts.  The proactive element of the monitoring of contracts
involves a weekly submission of staffing absences, a monthly submission of Comments,
Complaints and Incidents, an annual site visit by a Commissioning Co-ordinator, a 6 monthly
finance meeting and an annual contract meeting. This ensures that relationships with
providers are strong, and they are well supported.  This information is then detailed to the
Lead Officer. 
The Commissioning Team also meet weekly with Social Work and Health colleagues as well
as with the Care Inspectorate to identify any potential issues.  Where there are issues, the
Commissioning Team lead on reactive monitoring which is a three-tiered approach:
Page 106

Page 107

Appendix 1
Supportive Monitoring, Enhanced Monitoring and Social Work led Large Scale
Investigations.  The approach to be used is authorised through the Collaborative Care
Meeting and is a well-received way of monitoring that is supportive, whilst also holding all
internal and external colleagues to account for improvement actions.  This way of monitoring
has been praised by colleagues in the Care Inspectorate as it supports their inspections and
any improvements that they agree with providers. 
Over the next year, the Commissioning Team will be focussing largely on ensuring that
Health and Social Care Moray have contracts that are current and appropriate. 
They will also take the work on commissioning processes from the last year and undertake
shared learning within Health and Social Care Moray to upskill and teach colleagues about
ethical commissioning.   
Learning Disability 
Following the management changes in relation to the Service Manager and Social Work
Team manager roles in 2023, there have been further changes in 2024 with the current
Health Team Manager retiring from this position at the end of May 2024. Recruitment is
ongoing in relation to this role.    
Approximately 450 people with a Learning Disability are supported and receive a wide
spectrum of services from a multi-disciplinary team, to promote their safety, health and
wellbeing, and ensure that they have access to full and independent lives. 
Implementing the Dynamic Support Register has been a significant area of development
within the service over the last year. This is in line with the Coming Home Implementation
Memorandum of Understanding between the Scottish Government and COSLA and aims to
improve monitoring of the experiences of people with learning disabilities and complex care
needs who are in hospital, who are in out-of-area placements and/or whose current support
arrangements are at risk of breaking down. In the last year there have been 3 people
supported through this process to return to their homes in Moray following discharge from a
Learning Disability or Mental Health hospital bed, and 9 people supported to stabilise
support arrangements which had been at risk of breaking down. There continue to be 5
people living out of area or in hospital and 7 people whose current support arrangements are
at risk of breaking down that are being proactively supported through this process. 
Housing has been an area of significant development within the service over recent years
and it is imperative this momentum continues in order to meet the needs of those on the
Dynamic Support Register and to proactively prevent people being added to the register.
The service is working in partnership with Moray Council Housing Department as well as
external providers to achieve this. This includes the continued plan to increase our provision
Page 107

Page 108

Appendix 1
within the Woodview service which offers independent living to some of the most vulnerable
adults who have complex and challenging needs. 
There has been significant progress over the last year in planning for implementation of
Annual Health Checks for adults with Learning Disabilities. These checks have been
introduced by the Scottish Government to address and reduce health inequalities
experienced by those with a Learning Disability. Working in partnership with one GP
practice, the service is soon to commence a pilot involving 20 people with Learning
Disabilities with a view to rolling this out more widely thereafter. 
The transition workers within the Health and Social Care Partnership continue to work
closely with the children and families disability pod, ensuring that planning for young adults
begins at the earliest possible opportunity.    
Our Adult Learning Disability service has continued to experience challenges in recruiting
into vacant posts, particularly within Social Work and Psychiatry however the team have
worked exceptionally hard to provide continuous support to people despite the
aforementioned challenges around Covid and recovery.   
Unpaid Carers 
Carers UK predicts 3 in 5 of us will be a carer at some point in our lives.  There are
approximately 800,00 carers in  Scotland, with an estimated 16,200 unpaid carers in
Moray.  Not all unpaid carers in Moray require formal support from statutory services to
assist them to meet the demand of the role, or to receive formal support for the person they
care for, however, carers rights are enshrined in the Carers (Scotland) Act 2016, and
alongside the national Carers Strategy, our local Moray Carers strategy 2023-2026
“Recognised, Valued and Supported” for both adult and young carers was launched on 1st
April 2023.  Our strategy has three key priorities: 
Priority 1 Recognition for Carers
Priority 2 Valuing Carers
Priority 3 Supporting Carers 
A local action plan has been developed to support us to embed our key priorities over the
coming years, with work underway in line with our strategic aims.
We have a commissioned service who provide information, support, advice and to offer both
Adult Carer Support Plans and Young Carer Statements. Our Carers team is working
alongside the Carers Support Service and our Commissioning team to ensure that the key
outcomes are delivered in line with strategy. 
We are continuing to support unpaid carers through the work undertaken by the Day
Opportunities team, with the SDS Enablers focussing on building relationships, taking a
strength based, asset-based approach, and acknowledging the need for place-based
support in people’s own communities. Through the team ensuring that the support delivered
Page 108

Page 109

Appendix 1
is focussed on meeting the needs of the unpaid carer, but also providing a meaningful
outcome for the cared for person, short breaks and respite can be a positive experience for
both individuals. The work of the team supports Strategic Outcome Three, Supporting
Carers. 
Adult Protection Committee 
The adult protection committee continues to be an effective meeting and meets each quarter
– chaired by the Independent Chair of both adult and child protection committees. 
Several developments have taken place in the last year within Adult Support and Protection.
These have included: 
• Trauma informed approach to Case Conferences 
• Multi-agency training events 
• Multi-Agency Quality Assurance 
• The embedding of the Moray Integrated Vulnerable Adults process (MIVA) 
• ASP National Implementation Subgroup – Chronologies 
The trauma informed approach to Case Conferences is highlighted as a particular area of
good practice with the team working alongside multi-agency practitioners and supported
individuals to ensure that the Adult Support and Protection Case Conference Agenda and
flow of the meeting was mindful of the trauma experienced by the people they support. One
such example of the changes that have taken place included the support provided prior,
during and after the meeting to individuals as well as ensuring that the meeting was as
person-centred as possible, with professionals entering only after the individual and their
representatives had arrived and had time with the Chair. This has proved successful, and we
have seen a rise in individuals attending and contributing to their Case Conference.   
In relation to training the APC agreed a subgroup for ASP Learning and Development. The
subgroup links to the Grampian Learning and Development ASP Group. The multi-agency
group will work to support developments and awareness on local issues relating to ASP
work. Including  
• Hoarding and Self-Neglect 
• Referrals and local threshold awareness 
• Identifying areas of interest and further development 
• Undertaking a training needs analysis (TNA) 
Following the revision of the Adult Support and Protection Codes of Practice in 2022 a National
Implementation Group was formed supported by the Scottish Government to support the
embedding of the codes and changes to practise. A series of smaller Subgroups were then
created to support this with participants from a breadth of services and organisations across
Scotland (SWS, IRISS, Scottish Government, Care Inspectorate, Police, NHS, Health
Improvement Scotland, Local Authorities, and the 3rd Sector). These subgroups cover 4 areas. 
Page 109

Page 110

Appendix 1
• Chronologies 
• Self-Evaluation 
• Advocacy and Voice of the Service User 
• Inquiry, investigative powers, and the role of the Council Officer 
The Adult Support and Protection Lead Officer for Moray currently facilitates the Chronology
Group, with representation on a Grampian basis to all four of the Subgroups from the Pan
Grampian Partnership. 
Following discussion, further presentation and partnership working, as well as agreement and
interest from several Scottish Government Ministers who are responsible for Public Protection
areas and workstreams the remit of the Chronology Subgroup will now be widened to include
all areas across the lifespan.   
This is an exciting development in which can lead to real transformational change in relation
to Chronologies across the Lifespan and how we move forward collaboratively in tackling
this challenging subject. 
The Subgroup will now work to 
• Develop and amend the draft tools alongside Iriss to ensure its relevance across the
life span of an individual. 
• Discuss and plan communication and learning and development messaging. 
• Move forward to Championing Chronologies within Partnerships and Organisations 
• Plan involvement and consultation with lived experienced individuals in their
information and what this means for them. 
• Agree governance and oversight on a national basis (currently this is via the National
Adult Protection Strategic Forum)
• Test the agreed draft tools within Pilot areas across Scotland. 
Throughout the period 2023 – 2024 Moray has received 2 requests for Learning Review.
One referral progressed to Adverse Event Review (AER). The further referral resulted in
decision by the Learning Review Subgroup to not proceed with Learning Review but hold a
Practitioners Event in relation to the case to enable any learning to be extracted and shared.
The Practitioner Event is due to take place in May 2024. 
Moving forward into 2023/2024 the APC are revising their Multi-Agency Improvement Plan in
consultation with front-line practitioners as well as revision of the Lead Agency Operational
Guidance which will assist in bringing further clarity and support the embedding of this
workstream. 
Adult Support and Protection 
A total of 920 Adult Support and Protection referrals have been received from April 2023 –
March 2024. It is apparent that the significant rise we observed in 2022/2023 appears to
have reached a plateau. The table below gives a further insight into this and shows the
unprecedented rise in referrals witnessed last year and over the last 3 years.  
Page 110

Page 111

Appendix 1 
Figure 1 – number of ASP referrals received. 
Following receipt of an ASP referral a formal ‘screening’ process takes place to ascertain if
the individual concerned could be at risk of harm. Instances where a screening is not
required include should the referral be a duplicate; individual is already open to ASP
process, or the referral is an ‘update’ of information already known for example. 
Below is a breakdown of the outcome of the ASP referrals received. 
Screening outcome Number of Screenings Percentage of all screenings
Further Social Work Intervention 379 52.20%
No Support Required 154 21.21%
Proceed to IRD 131 18.04%
Referral to External Agencies 26 3.58%
Social Work Team Referral 32 4.41%
No outcome recorded 3 0.41%
Outcome overdue 1 0.14%
Figure 2: Screening outcomes 
Between April 2023 and March 2024 there have been 726 screenings completed, with 379
(52.2%) requiring further social work intervention.  154 (21.2%) did not require support, and a
further 131 (18.0%) proceeded to IRD.  The remaining 62 (8.54%) were referred to external
agencies or social work team or have no outcome recorded. 
The use of an Inter-Agency Referral Discussion (IRD) for ASP has been in place in Moray
since December 2021. Since commencement this process has provided better working
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
April May June July August Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March
ASP Referrals
2021/22
2022/23
2023/24
Page 111

Page 112

Appendix 1
relationships between partners, and feedback provided from practitioners has been
favourable. The number of IRD’s held during the period April 2023 and March 2024 averaged
10 adults per month with 74 progressing to Adult Support and Protection Investigation
compared to 58 the year prior. 
The advent of the Adult Support and Protection Minimum Dataset in conjunction with Iriss,
who led the project alongside five learning partners commenced in April 2023. This
mandatory dataset was welcomed in Moray and a step in the right direction in relation to
generating meaningful and comparable data nationally. The implementation of this has not
been without challenge for Moray in aligning our CareFirst System to capture the data
required, but one that we see value in. 
Challenges and improvements 
We have faced a number of challenges across this year, getting used to the addition to the
HSCP of children and justice social work. There were also challenges around reducing
resources, increases in need in the community and staffing issues, both retention and
recruitment and staff sickness. 
Staff have been extremely resilient this year when there have been a number of vacancies
across the system but no let-up in need. 
There has been high levels of commitment to providing quality services to individuals who
need support across the board and an improvement in how people consider the views of
those they are supporting. 
Undoubtedly, there is an increased need for justice social work and increasing prison
population and recognition that community based sentences are most likely to allow the right
conditions for change but this creates additional pressure on justice services and this has
been an extremely busy year for the team. 
The cost of care is increasing along with the cost of living, so third sector partners,
commissioned services and the general public have all been impacted by this and it creates
unmet need at a time where we have an aging population and families are living under
stressful conditions, particularly related to poverty. We have had to work closely with
providers to recognise where they require additional support, and where we have had to look
creatively at service provision to ensure we are helping the right people at the right time. 
There has been a significant increase in young people arriving in Moray through the UASC
scheme and our teams have done an amazing job in helping the young people settle and
have opportunities to reach their potential. 
Our mental health officers are declining in numbers and this creates additional requests for
support from the officers we have in place, with less interest from staff in completing their
Page 112

Page 113

Appendix 1
mental health certificate, which perhaps reflects the pressures on the social work roles
across the system. 
Delayed discharges continue to be a wicked issue but teams have worked relentlessly to
shift the position related to this and to allow people to get home from hospital at the soonest
opportunity, in line with our priority of home first. This has to be done in a way that balances
people’s need for protection and support with being discharged from a disempowering
hospital setting. 
Resources 
The Health and Social Care Partnership in Moray faced the same financial challenges as
many other areas of the country. There is an increasing overspend and need to pull back in
line with reducing budgets. Work has been ongoing throughout the year to identify where
savings can be made and where efficiencies can be created by doing things differently. 
Children’s services commissioned a prevention of care service to work with families whose
children were on the edge of care to enable more young people to remain at home with
support on an intensive basis. Functional Family Therapy are now embedded and form part
of the children’s services resource panel, to ensure the correct children and young people
are given this service as a priority. 
The Whole Family Wellbeing Fund has allowed for continuation of some key posts, not least
the Wellbeing Co-ordinators whose function it is to work with universal services to ensure
that the GIRFEC process is working well in Moray, with the child’s plan being developed by
universal services to reduce the pressures on social work’s front door and to ensure that
families are not elevated to third tier services unnecessarily.  Plans are now in place to
develop services that will help whole family support and reduce some of the difficulties that
young people are experiencing within education, by providing a multi-agency team to pool all
skills together to wrap around families. 
The resources to support children and young people is in high demand, with numbers of
foster carers not meeting demand and the use of Out of Area placements continues to be a
challenge as a number of social work departments compete for the same few placements
available at times.   
There are also challenges around resources within care at home and care homes, as well as
community care and the pressures of providing safe bespoke care on tightening purse
strings is ever present and continues to be a source of stress for social workers. 
Moray also has a limited number of third sector and community organisations and there is a
low presence of social care agencies to enable good competitive and ethical commissioning
practices. We continue to try and find creative ways to ensure our commissioning processes
allow us the best possible services for our communities. 
Page 113

Page 114

Appendix 1 
Adult Social Work
and Social Care
2020/21
£m
2021/22
£m
2022/23
£m
2023/24
£m
Total Budget 49.6 58.5 60.4 63.9
Services for
Children, Young
People & Families
2020/21
£m
2021/22
£m
2022/23
£m
2023/24
£m
Total Budget   19.383 19.791 18.334 16.147
Justice Services 2020/21
£m
2021/22
£m
2022/23
£m
2023/24
£m
Total Budget -0.106 -0.106 -0.109 -0.109 
Workforce 
Number of front line social work posts:  
Adult Services: 46.8 FTE
Children and Families: 57.08 FTE
Justice: 13.5 FTE 
There continues to be a number of vacancies across social work, in particular around
children and families, as with other parts of the country, with work happening alongside HR
to try and find creative ways to fill posts and support succession planning. 
Looking ahead 
Moray will see the introduction of a new CSWO and Head of Service this year, as I will be
leaving the post in June.  This coincides with the departure of the Chief Nurse and the Chief
Officer at the same time as a new Chief Executive comes into the council. 
This will create some change for the workforce, it will be important to ensure services remain
as stable as possible during this time of transition, with an opportunity for a fresh look at how
we are doing and where we need to go. 
This next year should see the development of the Youth Pod within children’s services,
bringing together our throughcare and youth justice services into one specialised team. This
helps us meet the requirements of our improvement plan which followed the joint inspection
of children at risk of harm. 
There should also be an improved performance reporting within children’s services as we
have set out KPIs and developed the data dashboard to provide a better sense of how
children’s and justice social work is performing. 
Page 114

Page 115

Appendix 1
Overall the key feature of the next year will be realising challenging savings plans and
ensuring that services to our most vulnerable citizen’s remain appropriate, proportionate and
that we are upholding the rights and best interests of those we are charged with supporting.   
Tracy Stephen
Moray Health and Social Care Partnership
Chief Social Work Officer and Head of Service
May 2024
Page 115

Page 116

Page 116

Page 117

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: THE MORAY ALCOHOL AND DRUG PARTNERSHIP (MADP) –
SCOTTISH GOVERMENT ANNUAL REPORTING SURVEY 
BY:  MADP COORDINATOR 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of the results of the MADP Annual reporting survey
2023/2024 and request approval to submit the survey. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) considers and notes the completed annual reporting survey and
agrees submission to the Scottish Government as required; and 
ii) notes the progress of the Moray Drug and Alcohol Partnership in
delivering services to Moray as documented in Appendix 1. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Scottish Government conducts an annual survey to gather information from
Alcohol and Drug Partnerships (ADPs) throughout Scotland on an annual basis. 
3.2 The survey contents, as gathered by the Scottish Government, serve to
enhance insights into local progress, shaping national mission monitoring. The
deadline for submission is 28 June 2024, with annual survey sign off required
from the MIJB and MADP. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1  In 2023/24 the Moray ADP has used allocated funding to support lived
experience. Work undertaken has included: 
• The forming of an independent lived experience panel. 
• Charter of rights engagement groups and peer support groups. 
Page 117

Page 118

• Peer support training, independent advocacy, and rights training as well
as Motivational Interview training.
• Lived experience involvement is the design of the specification of the
direct access service contract. 
• Lived experience part of the scoring panel on the direct access service
tender.
• Funding and supporting the employment of a lived experience
development worker.   
4.2 The Moray ADP has carried out work on tackling stigma and ensuring the
human rights of the people the service supports. Work undertaken has
included: 
• Lived experience pathways into employment.
• 80 Percent of the team now working in the direct access service have
lived or family experience of substance use. 
• Lived experience substance use talks in all the schools in Moray. 
• Shared care in GP practices. 
• Lived experience contribute and support the ADP through local
improvement plans.
• Lived experience has supported Police Scotland on assertive outreach,
cuckooing and county lines (Operation Protector) which has led to
innovative projects like our recovery football. 
4.3 Moray ADP has made strides in building a Resilient and Skilled Workforce.
Work undertaken has included:
• New staff training plans put together by both specialist and direct access
Third Sector service to support staff training and wellbeing.
• Streamlined software recording systems to support staff to ensure
recording is simple.
• ADP training to support staff with trauma informed practice.  
• Protected time for staff training, reflective practice, group supervision
and individual supervisions. 
• Lived experience team members have peer support events that support
networking with other peers, training, and mental health support.   
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
The delivery plan for the MADP aligns to the Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan and the Local Outcomes Improvement Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The MADP works to both National and Local Policy and within the
agreed Legal Framework. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising from this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
None arising directly from this report.
Page 118

Page 119

(e) Staffing Implications
There are no staffing implications. 
(f) Property
There are no property implications. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
This report does not require an Equality Impact Assessment as there is
no change to policy. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising directly from this report. 
(i) Directions
There are no directions. 
(j) Consultations
Simon Bokor-Ingram, Chief Officer
Tracy Stephen, CSWO/Head of Service
Children and Adult Social Work Service – Locality/Service and Team
Managers 
Public Protection Areas
Moray Drug and Alcohol Partnership members 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 In the 2023/24 period, the Moray ADP diligently aligned our strategies to
the National mission and Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT)
standards. The Board is asked to acknowledge and approve the survey
detailed in Appendix 1 and to endorse ongoing updates from the ADP
upon request. 
Author of Report:  Justin Jansen, ADP co-ordinator  
Background Papers:  https://www.gov.scot/publications/national-drugs-mission-plan-
2022-2026/ 
Ref: 
Page 119

Page 120

Page 120

Page 121

1 
Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting
Survey: 2023/24 
This survey is designed to collect information from all ADPs across Scotland on a range of aspects
relating to the delivery of the National Mission on drugs during the financial year 2023/24. This
will not reflect the totality of your work but will cover areas where you do not already report
progress nationally through other means.   
The survey is composed of single option and multiple-choice questions with a limited number of
open text questions. We want to emphasise that the multiple-choice options provided are for ease
of completion and it is not expected that every ADP will have all of these in place. 
We do not expect you to go out to services in order to respond to questions relating to activities
undertaken by them in your area. Where questions refer to service level activities, we are
interested in the extent to which you are aware of these at an ADP level.   
We are conscious that some of the data we are now asking for may appear to have been supplied
through other means (e.g. MAT Standards reporting). After careful review, we found the data
supplied via these means is not in a form that allows for consistently tracking change over time at
a national level and so have included a limited number of questions on these topics. 
The data collected will be used to better understand progress at local level will inform: 
• National monitoring of the National Mission on Drugs; 
• The work of advisory groups including the Whole Family Approach Group, the Public Health
Surveillance Group and the Residential Rehabilitation Working Group, amongst others; and 
• The work of national organisations which support local delivery. 
The data will be analysed and findings will be published at an aggregate level as Official Statistics
on the Scottish Government website. You can find the report on the 2022/23 ADP survey
responses here. All data will be shared with Public Health Scotland to inform drug and alcohol
policy monitoring and evaluation, and excerpts and/or summary data may be used in published
reports. It should also be noted that the data provided will be available on request under freedom
of information regulations and so we would encourage you to publish your return.   
The deadline for returns is Friday 28 June 2024. Your submission should be signed off by the
ADP and the IJB. We are aware that there is variation in the timings of IJB meetings so please flag
if this will be an issue.   
If you require clarification on any areas of the survey or would like any more information, please do
not hesitate to get in touch by email at substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot.  
APPENDIX 1
Page 121

Page 122

2 
Cross-cutting priority: Surveillance and Data Informed 
Question 1
Which Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) do you represent? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Aberdeen City ADP  
Aberdeenshire ADP  
Angus ADP  
Argyll & Bute ADP  
Borders ADP  
City of Edinburgh ADP  
Clackmannanshire & Stirling ADP  
Dumfries & Galloway ADP  
Dundee City ADP  
East Ayrshire ADP  
East Dunbartonshire ADP  
East Renfrewshire ADP  
Falkirk ADP  
Fife ADP  
Glasgow City ADP  
Highland ADP  
Inverclyde ADP  
Lothian MELDAP ADP
X Moray ADP  
North Ayrshire ADP  
North Lanarkshire ADP  
Orkney ADP  
Perth & Kinross ADP  
Renfrewshire ADP  
Shetland ADP  
South Ayrshire ADP  
South Lanarkshire ADP  
West Dunbartonshire ADP  
West Lothian ADP  
Western Isles ADP 
Page 122

Page 123

3 
Question 2
Which groups or structures were in place at an ADP level to inform surveillance and
monitoring of alcohol and drug harms or deaths?  Mark all that apply with an ‘x’ – if drug
and alcohol deaths are reviewed at a combined group, please select both ‘Alcohol death
review group’ and ‘Drug death review group’. 
[multiple choice] 
X Alcohol death review group
X Alcohol harms group
X Drug death review group
X Drug trend monitoring group/Early Warning System  
None  
Other (please specify): MARS Group which Covers Alcohol and Substance use risk
and harms 
Question 3
3a. Do Chief Officers for Public Protection receive feedback from drug death reviews?
Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
3b. If no, please provide details on why this is not the case. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 4
Please describe what local and national structures are in place in your ADP area for the
monitoring and surveillance of alcohol and drug harms and deaths, and how these are
being used to inform local decision making in response to emerging threats (e.g. novel
synthetics)? [open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
In Moray we currently have the following structures in place to monitor alcohol and
drug harms and deaths: 
Drug related death review group 
Multi Agency risk and harm group 
ADP Strategic Group 
Grampian Radar Group 
DRD Data Review Group 
MAT Implementation and Support Meeting
Daily Huddle meeting between 3rd sector and specialist services 
Page 123

Page 124

4 
All of these structures are being used to influence our ADP strategy and local
improvement plans on how we support people affected by substance use harm and
how we commision our substance use services in Moray. The data influences our
assertive outreach support and how we support areas and people in Moray at
highest risk. Our daily huddle support meeting proactively identifies people at
highest risk and supports our fieldworking team to proactively support NFOs, MAT
support and those at highest risk of harm on a daily basis.   
Question 5
5a. In response to emerging threats, e.g. novel synthetics, have you made specific
revisions to any protocols? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes  
No 
5b. Please provide details of any revisions
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Revisions have been made through our Pan Grampian Substance Use network to
our RADAR program and response to emerging threats, this has been led by our
public health consultant with a remit for substance use and lead Pharmacist in
Grampian. Our Rapid alert program was revised in January 2024 and is in an
advanced draft stage.   
Page 124

Page 125

5 
Cross-cutting priority: Resilient and Skilled Workforce
Question 6
6a. What is the whole-time equivalent1 staffing resource routinely dedicated to your ADP
Support Team as of 31 March 2024. 
[numeric, decimal] 
Total current staff (whole-time
equivalent including fixed-term and
temporary staff, and those shared with
other business areas)
2.00
Total vacancies (whole-time equivalent) 0 
6b. Please list the job title for each vacancy in your ADP Support Team as at 31 March
2024 (if applicable). 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 7 
1 Note: whole-time equivalent (WTE) is a unit of measurement that indicates the total working hours of
employees in relation to a full-time position. It helps to standardise and compare staffing resource across
different teams or organisations. A full-time employee is equal to one whole-time equivalent. For part-time
employees, divide their hours by the whole-time equivalent. For example, if a part-time employee is
required to work 7.5 hours per week and a ‘full-time’ position is considered to be 37.5 hours, the WTE
would be 0.2 (7.5 hours / 37.5 hours).
Page 125

Page 126

6 
Please describe any initiatives you have undertaken as an ADP, or are aware of in the
services you commission, that are aimed at improving employee wellbeing (volunteers
as well as paid staff). 
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
In our new 3rd sector direct access service specification, special emphasis was made
towards staff wellbeing. We asked for streamlined software recording systems to
support staff to ensure recording is simple, streamlined and has no duplicate
recording practices. Our reasoning for this ask was due to staff feedback that the
sytems were not conducive to staff wellbeing and caused the most frustration in
working within services. We have added specific training to our ADP training
calender to support staff with trauma informed practice and have worked as an ADP
to have protected time for staff training, reflective practice, group supervision and
individual supervisions. There are staff training plans put together by both our
specialist and direct access service to support staff training and wellbeing. Both our
services have staff wellbeing structures in place that offer wellbeing benefits,
counselling  and have an appointed wellbeing staff member for organising staff
events and team building activities for our teams. Lived experience team members
have peer support events that support networking with other peers, training and
mental health support delivered by Moray wellbeing Hub and our direct access
service.   
Cross cutting priorities: Lived and Living Experience 
Question 8
Do you have a formal mechanism at an ADP level for gathering feedback from people
with lived/living experience who are using services you fund? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. [multiple choice] 
X Experiential data collected as part of MAT programme 
X Feedback / complaints process
X Lived / living experience panel, forum and / or focus group
Page 126

Page 127

7 
X Questionnaire / survey  
No formal mechanism in place  
Other (please specify):       
Question 9
How do you, as an ADP, use feedback received from people with lived/living
experience and family members to improve service provision? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’. [multiple choice] 
Lived/living experience Family members
Feedback is integrated
into strategy X X
Feedback is presented at
the ADP board level X X
Feedback used in
assessment and appraisal
processes for staff
X  
Feedback used to inform
service design X X
Feedback used to inform
service improvement X X
Other (please specify)            
Question 10
10a. In what ways are people with lived and living experience able to participate in
ADP decision-making? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)  
Not currently able to participate  
Other (please specify):       
10b. In what ways are family members able to participate in ADP decision-making? 
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
X Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)  
Not currently able to participate
Page 127

Page 128

8 
Other (please specify):       
Question 11
What mechanisms are in place within your ADP to ensure that services you fund involve
people with lived/living experience and/or family members in their decision making (e.g.
the delivery of the service)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
X Prerequisite for our commissioning
X Asked about in their reporting
X Mentioned in our contracts 
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 12
Please describe how you have used your ADP’s allocated funding for lived/living
experience participation2 in the last financial year. Within your answer please indicate
which activities have been most costly.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
We have used our allocated funding to support the forming of our independent lived
experience panel. ADP funding has been made available to support lived experience
to attend recovery walks, charter of rights engagement groups, experiential
interviews and vouchers to support the interviews. Funding has been used for peer
support training, independent advocacy and rights training as well as Motivational
Interview training. We have also used funding to support lived experience in
supporting our commisioning team when tendering and scoring for our new direct
access service contract. Our most costly expenditure has been to employ a lived
experience development worker funded by the ADP who supports within our direct
access service.   
Cross cutting priorities: Stigma Reduction
Question 13 
2 The funding letter specified that “£0.5 million is being allocated to ADPs to ensure the voices of people
with lived and living experience are heard and acted upon in service design and delivery at a local level.
This includes decisions about prioritisation, commissioning and evaluation of services.”
Page 128

Page 129

9 
Within which written strategies or policies does your ADP consider stigma reduction for
people who use substances and/or their families? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.  
[multiple choice] 
X ADP strategy, delivery and/or action plan
X Alcohol deaths and harms prevention action plan
X Communication strategy
X Community action plan  
Drug deaths and harms prevention action plan
X MAT standards delivery plan
X Service development, improvement and/or delivery plan  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 14
14a. Please describe what work is underway in your ADP area to reduce stigma for
people who use substances and/or their families.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
Through our frontline services we have developed lived experience pathways into
employment, this has come through support to volunteer and then progress into paid
employment. 80 Percent of the team now working in our direct access service have
lived or family experience of substance use.  We are delivering lived experience
substance use talks in all the schools in Moray. Through our partners and lived
experience community we have peer development events. People can now access
substance use support in some of the GP practices in Moray with lived experience
supporting within those GP practices. Fieldworking and outreach have been
instrumental in removing barriers to people accesing support, we operate a no
barriers policy to supporting people in the community they live in as opposed to a
policy of people need to come into services for appointments. Lived experience
contribute and support our ADP through local improvement plans, commisioning and
are part of our newly formed strategic development group. Our commisioning
contract for our direct access service was developed with lived experience input,
stigma and support for lived experience/families is central to our contract. Lived
experience has supported police Scotland on assertive outreach, cuckooing and
county lines (Operation Protector) which has led to innovative projects like our
recovery football which is supported by Police Scotland as a partner. We have
supported SAS in training new ambulance technicians by having lived experience
deliver part of the training and within our drugs education for other services training
we have lived experience and family members deliver their stories as part of the
training.   
14b. What data does your ADP have access to that could be used to capture the impact
of the work described in 14a? (Please indicate if this is not currently possible). 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Page 129

Page 130

10 
School Talk Data, Peer development attendance and event data, Fieldworking and
outreach visit data, GP practice attendance data, Lived experience Local
improvement plan feedback, Lived experience contract commisioning feedback,
Operation Protector data and Football attendance data and feedback from
attendees. 
Page 130

Page 131

11 
Fewer people develop problem substance use 
Question 15
How is information on local treatment and support services made available to different
audiences at an ADP level (not at a service level)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
In person
(e.g. at
events,
workshops,
etc)
Leaflets /
posters
Online
(e.g.
websites,
social
media,
apps, etc.)
Non-native English speakers (English
Second Language)   X  
People from minority ethnic groups       
People from religious groups      
People who are experiencing
homelessness   X X
People who are LGBTQI+     X
People who are pregnant or peri-natal      
People who engage in transactional
sex      
People with hearing impairments
and/or visual impairments      
People with learning disabilities and
literacy difficulties      
Veterans     X
Women X X X 
Page 131

Page 132

12 
Question 16
Which of the following education or prevention activities were funded or supported3 by
the ADP? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
0-15 years
(children)
16-24 years
(young
people)
25 years+
(adults)
Campaigns / information X X X
Harm reduction services   X X
Learning materials X X X
Mental wellbeing   X X
Peer-led interventions   X X
Physical health X X X
Planet Youth      
Pregnancy & parenting   X X
Youth activities X X X
Other (please specify)                     
3 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial,
which is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of
materials (e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.
Page 132

Page 133

13 
Risk is reduced for people who use substances 
Question 17
In which of the following settings are selected harm reduction initiatives delivered in your
ADP area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Supply of
naloxone
Hepatitis C
testing
Injecting
equipment
provision
Wound
care
Community
pharmacies X X X  
Drug services (NHS,
third sector, council) X X X X
Family support
services X X    
General practices X X   X
Homelessness
services X X    
Hospitals (incl. A&E,
inpatient departments)   X   X
Justice services X      
Mental health services        
Mobile/outreach
services X X X  
Peer-led initiatives X   X  
Prison        
Sexual health services   X    
Women support
services        
Young people’s
service X      
None        
Other (please specify)                         
Page 133

Page 134

14 
Question 18
19a. Which of the following harm reduction interventions is there currently a demand for
in your ADP area? (Either where the intervention is not currently provided or where
demand exceeds current supply). Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
Drug checking  
Drug testing strips  
Heroin Assisted Treatment  
Safer drug consumption facility
X Safer inhalation pipe provision  
Safe supply of substances  
Other (please specify):       
19b. Please provide details, e.g. scale of the demand. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
None of the above are available in our area, safer pipe provision would see an
uptake if provided with our IEP. Moray is rural in nature and some of the above
would need to be delivered on outreach support which makes it complex to be able
to deliver and support.    
Page 134

Page 135

15 
People most at risk have access to treatment and recovery
Question 19
Which partners within your ADP area have documented pathways in place, or in
development, to ensure people who experience a near-fatal overdose (NFO) are
identified and offered support? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
NFO pathway in
place
NFO pathway in
development
Community recovery providers X  
Homeless services X  
Hospitals (including emergency
departments) X  
Housing services X  
Mental health services X  
Police Scotland X  
Primary care X  
Prison    
Scottish Ambulance Service X  
Scottish Fire & Rescue Service    
Specialist substance use treatment
services X  
Third sector substance use services X  
Other (please specify)             
Question 20
Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing NFO pathways exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Further workforce training required
X Insufficient funds
X Issues around information sharing  
Lack of leadership  
Lack of ownership
X Workforce capacity 
None  
Other (please specify):       
Page 135

Page 136

16 
Question 21
In what ways have you worked with justice partners4? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
Strategic level
X ADP representation on local Community Justice Partnership 
X Contributed to strategic planning 
X Coordinated activities between justice, health or social care partners 
X Data sharing 
X Justice organisations represented on the ADP (e.g. COPFS, Police Scotland, local
Community Justice Partnership, local Justice Social Work department, prison)
X Provided advice and guidance 
Other (please specify):       
Operational level
X Provided funding or staff for a specialist court (Drug, Alcohol, Problem Solving) 
X Raised awareness about community-based treatment options (partners involved in
diversion from prosecution or treatment-based community orders)
X Supported staff training on drug or alcohol related issues 
Other (please specify):       
Service level
Funded or supported:  
Navigators for people in the justice system who use drugs 
X Services for people transitioning out of custody 
X Services in police custody suites 
X Services in prisons or young offenders institutions 
Services specifically for Drug Treatment and Testing Orders (DTTOs) 
X Services specifically for people serving Community Payback Orders with a Drug or
Alcohol Treatment Requirement  
Other (please specify):       
4 Note: ‘justice partners’ includes Community Justice Partnerships (CJPs), Justice Social Work
departments, Prisons and Young Offender Institutes, Police, Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service
(COPFS), Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS), Sacro, and third sector organisations that
specifically serve people involved with the criminal justice system.
Page 136

Page 137

17 
Question 22
Which activities did your ADP support at each stage of the criminal justice system? Mark
all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Pre-
arrest5
In police
custody6
In
courts7
In
prison8
Upon
release9
Advocacy or
navigators          
Alcohol
interventions X X X X X
Drug and alcohol
use and treatment
needs screening
X X X X X
Harm reduction inc.
naloxone X X X   X
Health education &
life skills X     X X
Medically
supervised
detoxification
X X     X
Opioid Substitution
Therapy X       X
Psychosocial and
mental health based
interventions
X     X X
Psychological and
mental health
screening
X     X X
Recovery (e.g. café,
community) X   X X X
Referrals to drug
and alcohol
treatment services
X X X X X
Staff training X X X X X
None          
Other (please
specify)                               
5 Pre-arrest: Services for police to refer people into without making an arrest.
6 In police custody: Services available in police custody suites to people who have been arrested.
7 In courts: Services delivered in collaboration with the courts (e.g. services only available through a
specialist drug court, services only available to people on a DTTO).
8 In prison: Services available to people in prisons or young offenders institutions in your area (if
applicable).
9 Upon release: Services aimed specifically at supporting people transitioning out of custody. 
Page 137

Page 138

18 
Question 23
24a. Does your ADP fund or support any residential services that are aimed at those in
the justice system (who are who are subject to Community Payback Orders, Drug
Treatment and Testing Orders, Supervised Release Orders and other relevant
community orders)? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Yes
X No  
Don’t know 
24b. If yes, please list the relevant services. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 24
24a. For individuals who have had a court order given to them in relation to their
substance use, do you have testing services available in your ADP area10? Mark with an
‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
24b. If yes, please describe the type of monitoring that takes place (e.g. sampling with
handheld devices, spit tests, electronic monitoring) and who provides these services
(e.g. private, third sector, statutory). [open text – maximum 500 characters]. 
Sampling with handheld devices - Statutory 
10 We are including this question on behalf of Scottish Government Justice colleagues to better
understand substance testing for orders and licences in Scotland.
Page 138

Page 139

19 
People receive high quality treatment and recovery services 
Question 25
What screening options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Alcohol hospital liaison
X Arrangements for the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in all priority settings
X Arrangement of the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in non-priority settings
X Pathways for early detection of alcohol-related liver disease  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 26
What treatment options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Access to alcohol medication (e.g. Antabuse, Acamprase, etc.)
X Alcohol hospital liaison  
Alcohol related cognitive testing (e.g. for alcohol related brain damage)
X Community alcohol detox (including at-home)  
In-patient alcohol detox
X Pathways into mental health treatment
X Psychosocial counselling
X Residential rehabilitation  
None  
Other (please specify):        
Page 139

Page 140

20 
Question 27
27a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to residential rehabilitation exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Availability of aftercare
X Availability of detox services
X Availability of stabilisation services
X Current models are not working
X Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit
X Further workforce training required
X Insufficient funds
X Insufficient staff
X Lack of awareness among potential clients  
Lack of capacity  
Lack of specialist providers
X Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways  
Waiting times  
None  
Other (please specify):       
27b. What actions is your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to residential
rehabilitation? 
[open text – maximum 500 characters]   
Our ADP has been working with HIS to action an audit on our residential treatment
pathway. We have a working group set up to address the barriers we have with our
residential treatment pathway and are currently in process of adopting the National
flexible framework for residential treatment. We have initiated meetings with most of
the residential treatment providers and have further explored how the dual housing
benefit can support people needing residential treatment. 
Question 28
28a. Have you made any revisions in your pathway to residential rehabilitation in the last
year? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
No revisions or updates made in 2023/24  
Yes - Revised or updated in 2023/24 and this has been published
X Yes - Revised or updated in 2023/24 but not currently published 
28b. If yes, please provide brief details of the changes made and the rationale for the
changes. 
Page 140

Page 141

21 
[open text – maximum 500 characters]   
The residential treatment pathway needed updating to align with all the changes
currently taking place in this area, it will need further updating to align with the
National Flexible Framework. As an ADP this is an area that we feel needs
improvement, funding and staff capacity to get the full benefit of this treatment option
for those in our community. The funding we receive for residential treatment does
not meet the demand but equally our pathway was not comprehensive.   
Page 141

Page 142

22 
Question 29
29a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing MAT exist in your area?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
X Accommodation challenges (e.g. appropriate physical spaces, premises, etc.)
X Availability of stabilisation services  
Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit  
Further workforce training is needed  
Geographical challenges (e.g. remote, rural, etc.)  
Insufficient funds  
Insufficient staff  
Lack of awareness among potential clients  
Lack of capacity  
Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways  
Waiting times  
None  
Other (please specify):       
29b. What actions is your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to implementing MAT
in your ADP area? 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Our specialist service is in need of appropriate accomodation to meet the MAT
requirements, we do not have enough treatment rooms and the space is not trauma
informed as accomodation is shared with community justice. we have set funding
aside to support this but lack of appropriate accomodation and costs being higher
than available funds. Availability of stabilisation services in the NE and Moray is an
issue. In support of MAT 6 and 10 Psychological staff and recruitment is a challenge.   
Page 142

Page 143

23 
Question 30
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place specifically for
children and young people using alcohol and / or drugs? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. [multiple choice] 
Up to 12
years (early
years and
primary)
13-15 years
(secondary
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young
people)
Alcohol-related medication (e.g.
acamprosate, disulfiram,
naltrexone, nalmefene) 
X
Diversionary activities   X X
Employability support     X
Family support services X X X
Information services   X X
Justice services    X X
Mental health services (including
wellbeing)   X X
Opioid Substitution Therapy     X
Outreach/mobile (including
school outreach)   X X
Recovery communities   X X
School outreach X X X
Support/discussion groups
(including 1:1)   X X
Other (please specify)                   
Question 31
Please list all recovery groups11 in your ADP area that are funded or supported12 by your
ADP.  
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
Bow Café- Recovery Café and Hub
Real Recovery Group 
11 ‘Recovery group’ includes any group that supports recovery and/or wellbeing in your local area. This
could be local recovery cafés; peer support groups; wellbeing groups that support people affected by
substance use; or more established recovery networks, hubs or organisations. If some of these are
covered by umbrella groups, please list both.
12 Note: ‘supported’ here refers to where ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial,
which is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of
materials (e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.
Page 143

Page 144

24 
Active Recovery Moray- football and womens walking group 
Narcotics Anonymous and Alcoholics Anonymous
SMART Recovery 
Wellbeing Group 
Mental Health Drop in Group 
Cooking Group 
Crystal Sound Bath 
Recovery Art Group 
Quality of life is improved by addressing multiple disadvantages   
Question 32
Do you have specific treatment and support services in place for the following groups?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
Yes No
Non-native English speakers (English Second
Language) X  
People from minority ethnic groups    X
People from religious groups   X
People who are experiencing homelessness X  
People who are LGBTQI+  X  
People who are pregnant or peri-natal   X
People who engage in transactional sex   X
People with hearing impairments and/or visual
impairments   X
People with learning disabilities and literacy
difficulties   X
Veterans   X
Women X   
Question 33
33a. Are there formal joint working protocols in place to support people with co-occurring
substance use and mental health diagnoses to receive mental health care? Mark with an
‘x’. [single choice] 
X Yes  
No 
33b. Please provide details. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Page 144

Page 145

25 
Our weekly allocations Multi disciplinary meeting is supported by our mental health
colleagues. We have a pathway that supports co-occuring diagnosis and are hopeful
that with MAT 9 we will be able to build and improve on the pathway and support
offered to people.   
Question 34
What arrangements are in place within your ADP area for people who present at
substance use services with mental health concerns for which they do not have a
diagnosis? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Dual diagnosis teams 
X Formal joint working protocols between mental health and substance use services
specifically for people with mental health concerns for which they do not have a
diagnosis 
X Pathways for referral to mental health services or other multi-disciplinary teams
X Professional mental health staff within services (e.g. psychiatrists, community
mental health nurses, etc)  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 35
How do you as an ADP work with support services not directly linked to substance
use (e.g. welfare advice, housing support, etc.) to address multiple disadvantages?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X By representation on strategic groups or topic-specific sub-groups
X By representation on the ADP board
X Through partnership working 
Via provision of funding  
Not applicable
Page 145

Page 146

26 
Other (please specify):       
Page 146

Page 147

27 
Question 36
Which of the following activities are you aware of having been undertaken in ADP
funded or supported13 services to implement a trauma-informed approach? Mark all that
apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
X Engaging with people with lived/living experience 
X Engaging with third sector/community partners  
Provision of trauma-informed spaces/accommodation
X Recruiting staff 
X Training existing workforce  
Working group  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 37
37a. Does your ADP area have specific referral pathways for people to access
independent advocacy? Mark with an ‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
37b. If yes, are these commissioned directly by the ADP? Mark with an ‘x’. 
[single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
13 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial, which
is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of materials
(e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.
Page 147

Page 148

28 
Children, families and communities affected by substance use are
supported   
Question 38
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place for children and
young people affected by a parent’s or carer’s substance use? Mark all that apply
with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Up to 12 years
(early years
and primary)
13-15 years
(secondary 
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young people)
Carer support X X X
Diversionary activities   X X
Employability support   X X
Family support
services  X X X
Information services   X X
Mental health services   X X
Outreach/mobile
services     X
Recovery communities     X
School outreach    X X
Support/discussion
groups   X X
Other (please specify)                   
Question 39
Which of the following support services are in place for adults affected by another
person’s substance use? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.  
[multiple choice] 
X Advocacy 
X Commissioned services
X Counselling 
X One to one support  
Mental health support
X Naloxone training
X Support groups
X Training  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Page 148

Page 149

29 
Question 40
40a. Do you have an agreed set of activities and priorities with local partners to
implement the Holistic Whole Family Approach Framework in your ADP area? Mark with
an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
40b. Please provide details of these activities and priorities for 2023/24. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
We have an agreed contract with our direct access provider to imbed the whole
family support framework into the service. We also have a 5 year Corra funded
intensive whole family support program running.  
Question 41
Which of the following services supporting Family Inclusive Practice or a Whole Family
Approach are in place in your ADP area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Family member in
treatment
Family member not in
treatment
Advice  X X
Advocacy X X
Mentoring  X  
Peer support X X
Personal development  X  
Social activities X X
Support for victims of gender
based violence and their
families
X X
Youth services X X
Other (please specify)             
Question 42
42a. Are any activities in your ADP area currently integrated with planned activity for the
Whole Family Wellbeing Funding in your Children’s Service’s Planning Partnership
area? Mark with an ‘x’. [single option] 
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
42b. If yes, please provide details. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters]
Page 149

Page 150

30 
The whole family wellbeing fund supported our Direct Access Service Childrens and
family team over the last financial year with funding to support families affected by
substance use. We would be looking to further that support for families over the next
year.   
Page 150

Page 151

31 
Additional question
Question 43
Please list all services / organisations commissioned by your ADP during 2023/24 and
the amount of funding provided for 2023/24. If the final year-end position is not yet
known, please include the projected spend amount. For part-funding, please only
include the amount contributed by your ADP. 
Service / organisation name 
[open text]
Amount of funding provided £ 
[number]
NHSG Data Analyst 64965.00
NHSG MIDAS (clinical input) 337460.00
NHSG MIDAS (prescriber/team lead) 143485.00
MC - Advocacy - Circles Network 35000.00
MC - Quarriers Arrows  663540.00
MC - staffing 86040.00
MC - Quarriers test of change 13846.00
MC - Arrows Children Service 50016.00
MC - Rehab beds 41108.00
MC - Aberlour Youth Point 10000.00
MC - Arrows bus hire 85.00           
Page 151

Page 152

32 
Confirmation of sign-off 
Question 44
Has your response been signed off at the following levels? [multiple choice] 
ADP  
IJB  
Not signed off by IJB (please specify date of the next meeting in dd/mm/yyyy
format):       
Thank you 
Thank you for taking the time to complete this survey, your response is highly valued.
The results will be published in the 2023/24 ADP Annual Survey Official Statistics report,
scheduled for publication in autumn 2024. 
Please do not hesitate to get in touch via email at
substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot should you have any questions. 
[End of survey] 
Page 152

Page 153

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: ANALOGUE TO DIGITAL TELECARE TRANSITION 
BY:  DEPUTY CHIEF OFFICER/HEAD OF SERVICE 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To seek approval from the Board to proceed with the proposed approach for
replacing current analogue community alarm/telecare devices in the
community, in preparation for the UK-wide switchover from analogue to digital
phone lines. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) note the requirement to fully transition devices from analogue to
digital by December 2025; 
ii) approve the budget of £150k as outlined in 4.5 for the procurement
of appropriate digital devices; 
iii) approve the additional recurring revenue cost of £65k as outlined in
4.5 as a result of using digital technology; 
iv) note a future report will be brought to the Board regarding the
revised costs for the Alarm Response Centre; and 
v) note the programme of replacement of current analogue community
alarms. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 In 2017 Telecommunications providers (CPs), announced the intention to
upgrade all existing copper-based analogue phone lines to digital fibre lines
across the UK, by December 2025. 
3.2 Switching from analogue to digital phone lines means that analogue-based
community alarm/telecare systems currently in place for people using the
Telecare service will no longer function across a digital phone line. 
Page 153

Page 154

3.3 Following the announcement at 3.1 above, the Digital Office for Scotland was
set up to oversee and support Local Authorities with their transition from
analogue to digital Telecare (A2DT). 
3.4 A hiatus in progressing the transition in Moray was experienced during the
Covid-19 pandemic and the project was picked up again late in 2023. 
3.5 As well as the absolute deadline of December 2025 to complete this work,
some CPs have also adopted a stop-sell policy from September 2023. This
means that they will no longer sell analogue phone lines from this date,
therefore people changing phone, TV or broadband providers or packages, for
example, may already have been migrated to a digital phone line. The obvious
impact of this is being mitigated by the following – 
• CPs signed up to a Government Charter in December 2023, which
states that no vulnerable people (including people with community alarm
devices), will be migrated to digital without prior consultation; and
• A data-sharing agreement has been signed on behalf of Health and
Social Care Moray (HSCM), to allow HSCM to share peoples’ landline
numbers (no directly identifiable personal information) with BT. This will
afford them prior knowledge of vulnerable clients and will allow them to
highlight to HSCM, any numbers that have already been migrated to
digital lines. 
3.6 As well as having to replace all current analogue community alarm devices in
the community, Aberdeen City Council who currently provide our 24/7
monitoring of alarms, will also have to upgrade to a digital platform. We will
have to bear a financial share of any increase in running costs because of this. 
3.7 Planning is now underway to – 
• Procure a digital Alarm Receiving Centre (ARC) – the intention is to
remain with Aberdeen City Council if costs and user requirements are
acceptable.
• Replace circa 1,200 analogue community alarms across Moray, with
digital devices. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
Procurement and installation of digital Telecare devices
4.1. Digital devices send alarm signals in a completely different way to traditional
analogue methods, which was simply via a landline phone connection. Some
rely on mobile phone signals; some on Internet Protocol (IP) via a broadband
connection; and some use a mix of both connections for failover purposes. 
4.2. Not all clients will have home broadband (although many do – the Scottish
Household Survey in 2022 showed this to be true of 91% of all households in
Scotland). Also, not all clients will live in strong mobile signal areas (note:
external signal strength can also be reduced by environmental factors such as
thick property walls - and certain types of building insulation). 
4.3. Due to the variable nature of required connectivity, it is proposed to procure a
range of different devices to provide optimum effectiveness of alarm activation
Page 154

Page 155

in the event of an emergency. Over the past 5 to 6 years, the Digital Office has
been working with telecare suppliers and has documented an assessed
suppliers list, to assist Local Authorities in making informed decisions around
procurement. APPENDIX 1 shows devices proposed to support the transition
from analogue to digital in Moray, and the basic rationale for these choices
against each. Of course, the market is ever-changing and will continue to be
monitored. All devices noted are available for call-off from Scotland Excel’s
telecare dynamic purchasing system (DPS). It should be noted that this
projection is based on known facts as of 2 April 2024. 
Budget 
4.4. An assessment and breakdown of how many of each device has been
undertaken to inform Moray’s replacement strategy. It should be noted that this
plan is based on the number of known connections as of 2 April 2024, which
provides only a snapshot due to the fluid nature of the service (changes in
users of the services, location and peripherals required), but nevertheless
provides a sound basis for an initial plan and budget provision. 
4.5. The outline calculations indicate that a total commitment of £250K to ensure
that all devices are replaced and digitally ready by December 2025 is required.
There is currently a flat-rate client charge of £44.18 per quarter for the provision
of community alarm/telecare (with exemption for terminal illness). Based on
current connections. The budget net income is £51k and if this sum can be
utilised to implement the replacement strategy over two financial years
(2024/25 and 2025/26) the shortfall to complete implementation is £148k. 
In addition, the introduction of digital technology will incur revenue costs of
around £65K p.a. in relation to SIM charges, which were not required
previously with analogue devices. 
4.6. To procure and install digital devices, there will be a requirement for preliminary
and secondary technical input, including testing activities, development and
delivery of staff training and exploration of service redesign. Funding was
secured from (Technology Enabled Care) TEC Scotland which is being used to
fund temporary technician and service redesign posts to support the project. 
4.7. With the advent of digital technology, which can collect and pass data quickly
and regularly, there is a potential for sensors to use algorithms related to daily
living activity to predict the onset of a crisis before the crisis actually occurs.
This is an area warrants further investigation, as there are likely to be different
ways of providing services with increased savings and benefits in the future. To
this end officers are linked in and working closely with the Digital Health and
Care Institute’s (DHI) work, under the Moray Growth Deal. 
Procurement of digital Alarm Response Centre (ARC)
4.8. HSCM already have an existing relationship with Aberdeen City Council (ACC),
who have provided our alarm monitoring services since 1996, at a current
charge of £40k. Remaining with a pan-Grampian approach with potential
economies of scale the intention would be to remain as a customer, providing
the proposed costs and contractual requirements represent best value. ACC
have opted for the shared ARC for Scotland platform, procured by the Digital
Office and provided by Chubb/Skyresponse. At the time of writing, we are still
Page 155

Page 156

awaiting details around the costs and contract from Aberdeen City Council and
a further report will be brought to the Board on this matter. 
Proposed timeline
4.9. The key milestones to be achieved to deliver analogue to digital switchover by
December 2025 is shown in Table 1 below: - 
Function Delivery
Budget approval May 2024
Recruitment of staff June 2024
Liaison with Aberdeen City regarding ARC April to Aug 2024
Initial procurement of devices for 2024/25 Commencing June 2024
Urgent replacement of end-of-life devices
(88 devices)
July/Sept 2024
Replacement of other end of life devices (to
budget)
Sept to Mar 2025
Process reviews and procedure updates July to Dec 2024
Procurement of remaining required devices April 2025
Continued replacement of end-of-life
devices
April to Nov 2025 
Table 1 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
The aims of the A2DT Transition Project, align with those set out in the
MIJB Strategic Plan and the Moray 10 Year Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
None directly associated with this report. 
(c) Financial implications
There are significant financial implications related to the mandatory
requirement to ensure our entire Telecare estate is digitally enabled and
linked to a digital ARC, by December 2025, as outlined in this report in
section 4.5.  These costs amount to £148k for replacement devices and
recuring costs circa £65k. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
If we do not have digitally enabled devices connected to a digital ARC by
the time phone lines switch from analogue to digital, then there is a risk
to life for people unable to raise an alarm in the event of an emergency. 
If there are adverse events reported in relation to the risk outlined above
because of the failure to invest, plan, and implement in time, then this
will result in significant reputational damage. 
(e) Staffing Implications
The project currently has 1.0 FTE Project Manager, with support from
the Digital Office for Scotland. 
Page 156

Page 157

0.68 FTE Telecare-specific technician will be employed for 1 year to
provide local technical and installation support (TEC Scotland funding).
0.80 FTE Service redesign post will be employed for 1 year to provide
support around service redesign potential and updating existing
policies/guidance/training etc. (TEC Scotland funding).
There will be limited implications at present, for existing staff, apart from
general communications and targeted training/guidance. This may
change as the project matures. 
(f) Property
None directly associated with this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equality Impact Assessment is not required because there will be no
impact, because of the report, on people with protected characteristics.
This will be closely monitored and considered at key stages of the
project, particularly where processes and guidance are being
reviewed/updated. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There will be a need to visit homes across Moray to install new devices.
However, digital devices have improved capability to provide things such
as software updates remotely, without the need for further visits for that
specific purpose. 
(i) Directions
No directions associated with this report. 
(j) Consultations
Chief Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Head of Service, Service Manager,
Provider services, A2D Board, Operational Management Team, HSCM
and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer, Moray Council
have been consulted and comments have been incorporated into this
report. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This report outlines the proposed approach for ensuring that the current
analogue Telecare estate in Moray is replaced with digital devices in
readiness for the switch-off of analogue phone lines by December 2025. 
Author of Report:  Lorna Bernard, Project Manager
Background Papers:   None
Ref: 
Page 157

Page 158

Page 158

Page 159

APPENDIX 1 – Proposed Replacement Devices
In view of the additional variables at play compared to analogue devices (connectivity options,
mobile network signals etc.), it is good practice to have a range of devices to suit various
scenarios. 
The following devices are from suppliers with whom we have a previous relationship and are
available via Scotland Excel’s Telecare Dynamis Purchasing System (DPS). Scotland Excel’s
Telecare Framework is currently under review and is expected to be updated later in 2024.
Device Provider A Provider B Provider C
Device cost £195  £331 £165
Ongoing costs
(SIMs)
TBC  No cost for first 2 years -
£5 per month, per
connection thereafter.
£36 per connection, p.a.
Support  Poor – from experience  Good – from experience (Anecdotal) Good -
Assigned dedicated
account manager 
Functionality
(future proof) 
Testing has so far proved
the Lifeline Digital Unit to
provide reliable
connections to a digital
ARC 
Testing has so far
proved the Lifeline
Digital Unit to provide
reliable connections to a
digital ARC 
Testing has so far
proved the Lifeline
Digital Unit to provide
reliable connections to a
digital ARC 
Use of
peripherals 
Inter-operable only with
Tunstall peripherals 
Less risk to match
Possum units with
Possum peripherals
Inter-operable with other
devices
Ease of
installation 
Moderate – should be
similar to current
analogue installation, but
some added time to start
with for familiarisation 
Moderate – already
installing these devices
(Anecdotal) – potential
to reduce installation
time as devices arrive
pre-programmed and
has voice-prompt set-up
guides.
Connectivity
resilience 
Can connect via
broadband router or via
SIM. Could be issues in
areas with poor/no
mobile signal 
Can only connect via
one mobile SIM at
present – presents an
issue in no/poor mobile
signal areas
Dual SIM, so better
chance of picking up a
mobile network to
connect on. Can also be
connected via
broadband router
Recommendation Preferred for those with
existing Provider A
peripherals as
peripherals will remain in
place (additional cost
saving).
On Digital Office
Assessed Suppliers’ list.
Preferred for those with
existing Provider B
peripherals as
peripherals will remain
in place (additional cost
saving).
Not on Digital Office
assessed suppliers’ list,
as Provider B are a
third-party provider. The
devices themselves
however, (LeGrand
NEAT), are on the list.
Anecdotal evidence
only.
On Digital Office
assessed suppliers’ list
Previous relationship
having completed a test
of change with one of
their products in 2019.
Preferred For non
peripheral requirements
for replacement
purposes
On Digital Office
assessed suppliers’ list. 
Page 159

Page 160

Page 160

Page 161

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION PROCESS FOR AN INTERIM
AND SUBSEQUENT PERMANENT CHIEF OFFICER  
BY: JOHN MUNDELL, INTERIM CHIEF EXECUTIVE, MORAY
COUNCIL AND ADAM COLDWELLS, INTERIM CHIEF
EXECUTIVE, NHS GRAMPIAN  
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To recommend the proposed approach to recruiting a replacement for the
outgoing Chief Officer of the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) (Moray
Health and Social Care Partnership), and includes a number of
recommendations for approval by the MIJB relating to the interim appointment
for the role, the recruitment selection process and the constitution of an
appointment panel for the final selection panel interview. 
2.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1  It is recommended that the Board: 
i) agree to delegate authority to the Interim Chief Executives of Moray
Council and NHS Grampian to make an appointment of an Interim
Chief Officer in consultation with the Chair and Vice Chair of MIJB
for a period until the new Chief Officer takes up post (approximately
6 months), to allow the recruitment process of the permanent post
to proceed; 
ii) notes the indicative timeline for the recruitment and selection
process for the permanent position; 
iii) establishes a temporary Committee of the MIJB, to be called an
Appointment Panel for the permanent appointment, constituting the
Chair and Vice Chair of the MIJB and Chairs of the Audit,
Performance and Risk and Clinical and Care Governance
Committees, with the Interim Chief Executives of Moray Council
and NHS Grampian as principal advisors to the Panel, to interview              
Page 161

Page 162

candidates and make a recommendation to MIJB in terms of
recommendation; 
iv) agrees that the appointment of the Chief Officer shall be
determined by MIJB on the recommendation of the Appointment
Panel; and 
v) instructs the Interim Chief Executives of Moray Council and NHS
Grampian to report back to the MIJB on any interim appointment.  
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The current Moray Health and Social Care Partnership’s Chief Officer formally
tendered his intent to stand down from the role on health grounds and will end
his Chief Officer role on 31 May 2024. 
3.2 Section 10 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) Scotland Act 2014, states that
the MIJB is to appoint the Chief Officer and notes that it must consult with both
Moray Council (MC) and NHS Grampian (NHSG). The Moray Scheme of
Integration (an agreement between MC and NHSG in respect of functions each
delegated to the MIJB) provides more detail on the responsibilities of the Chief
Officer. 
4.  KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The Chief Officer leads the development and implementation of the MIJB’s
Strategic and Financial Plans, and as such, the recruitment of a Chief Officer is
integral to the continued delivery of the aims and objectives of the Strategic
Plan. It will take approximately six months to recruit a permanent Chief Officer
and with current workloads and limited management capacity coupled to
financial pressures, it is necessary to appoint a suitably experienced interim
Chief Officer to cover this critical period. 
Selection Process for permanent Chief Officer appointment
4.2 A robust selection process will be arranged to assess candidates against the
requirements of the job profile. In accordance with the selection processes
facilitated by the Human Resource (HR) Teams of MC and NHSG for senior
leadership appointments, it is recommended that an assessment centre be
arranged comprising a number of sessions, each designed to test different
elements of the job requirements. The assessment centre outcomes will be
provided to the Appointment Panel convened to undertake a final selection
panel interview. 
Appointment of Chief Officer 
4.3 As noted above, the appointment of the Chief Officer shall be made by the
MIJB. However, the entire composition of the MIJB as an appointment panel is
unlikely to be practicable, or best practice from a candidate perspective. It is
Page 162

Page 163

recommended that the MIJB establish a Committee, to be known as the
“Appointment Panel”, under Standing Order 14.1 of MIJB’s Standing Orders.
That Committee will be temporary and will be disestablished once MIJB have
appointed a Chief Officer. 
4.4 The Appointment Panel shall comprise the Chair and Vice Chair of the MIJB
and the Chairs of the Risk, Audit & Performance and Clinical & Care
Governance Committees, with the Chief Executives of MC and NHSG as
principal advisers to the Panel. The Chief Executives line manage the Chief
Officer and so bring that expertise to the panel. The Panel will also be
supported by HR advisers from both MC and NHSG. 
5.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022-2032” 
The aims of this document link with the themes of the MIJB strategic plan;
Partners in Care, Home First and Building Resilience. 
Ensuring that our systems are as simple and efficient as possible, working
with partners, to keep people safe from harm during an emergency
response as required by legislation. 
(b)  Policy and Legal 
The role of the Chief Officer is a statutory requirement. To not make plans
to appoint an incumbent Chief Officer would result in non-compliance with
the Public Bodies (Joint Working) Scotland Act 2014. 
The National Care Service Bill is currently being progressed and will bring
further change to the Integration of Health and Social Care. The role and
remit of the Chief Officer may be subject to review to ensure it meets the
requirements of any future legislative change. Where this is necessary,
the matter will be brought to the MIJB’s attention. 
(c) Financial implications 
The Chief Officer together with the Senior Leadership Team is responsible
for the delivery of the Strategic Plan for the MIJB. The Strategic Risk
Register sets out all of the potential risks and mitigations associated with
delivery of the Strategic Plan. The risk of failure to deliver on the Strategic
Plan is mitigated by the appointment of a Chief Officer 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation 
As above, all strategic risks set out of the Strategic Risk Register help to
manage and mitigate delivery of the Strategic Plan.  
Page 163

Page 164

(e) Staffing Implications 
None directly associated with this report. 
(f) Property 
None directly associated with this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
As with all public bodies, the MIJB has an equalities duty under the
Equality Act 2010. Public Bodies such as the MIJB must, when making
decisions of a strategic nature about how to exercise its functions, have
due regard to reducing discrimination and advancing equality of
opportunity, with the purpose to reduce inequality of outcomes. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None directly associated with this report. 
(i) Directions 
None directly associated with this report. 
(j)  Consultations 
The following partners were also consulted in the writing of this report
and views incorporated: Chair and Vice Chair of MIJB, and Interim Chief
Executives of NHS Grampian and Moray Council, Head of Governance,
Strategy and Performance Moray Council, Head of HR, ICT &
Organisational Development Moray Council and Committee Services
Moray Council.  
6.  CONCLUSION 
6.1 This report requests that MIJB should consider and approve the proposed
recruitment process for the role of Chief Officer as per Section 10 of the
Integration Scheme for MIJB. 
Author of Report:  Sonya Duncan, Corporate Manager, HSCM 
Background Papers: Health and Social Care Integration Scheme for
Moray
Page 164

Page 165

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: MEMBERSHIP OF BOARD AND COMMITTEES 
BY:  CORPORATE MANAGER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of changes to Membership of the Moray Integration Joint
Board (MIJB), Audit, Performance and Risk (APR) Committee and Clinical and
Care Governance (CCG) Committee. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board notes: 
i) the Chair and Vice-Chair rotated position on 1 April 2024; 
ii) the appointment of a new Chair to the APR Committee from 1 April
2024; 
iii) the temporary update to the CCG Committee membership whilst
awaiting the update of National Health Service (NHS) voting
membership; 
iv) the vacancy of NHS Voting member; 
v) the appointment of Sheila Brumby as the Service User Stakeholder; 
vi) the appointment of Janette Topp as the Third Sector Stakeholder;
and  
vii) the updated membership of Board and committees attached at
Appendix 1. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Public Bodies Joint Working (Scotland) Act 2014 (“the Act”) and the Public
Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 (“the
Order”) make provisions about various matters including the membership of the
MIJB. As a minimum this must comprise voting members nominated from the
NHS Board and Council; co-opted non-voting members who are holders of key
Page 165

Page 166

posts with the NHS and Council or the MIJB; and co-opted non-voting members
who are representatives of groups who have an interest in the MIJB. There is
flexibility to appoint additional non-voting members as the Board sees fit. The
Moray Health and Social Care Integration Scheme (“Integration Scheme”)
outlines certain agreed provisions re membership (and includes the specific
provisions taken from the Act and the Order). 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The MIJB agreed to note, at their meeting on 25 January 2024 (para 9 of
minute refers), the rotation of MIJB Chair and Vice Chair and the appointment
of Sandy Riddell as Chair of APR Committee, from 1 April 2024.   
4.2 Following two resignations from the NHS Grampian Board a realignment of 
NHS Grampian members on Integration Joint Boards (IJBs) in Aberdeen City, 
Aberdeenshire and Moray took place to manage these vacancies in IJB 
membership until their replacements are appointed by Scottish Government. 
As of 17 October 2023, Professor Bhattacharya moved to Aberdeen City IJB. 
This means MIJB is currently reduced to 3 NHS voting members. NHSG are
waiting to hear from Scottish Government regards the appointments.  The
timetable for the process estimated appointments by mid-June 2024. Until an
appointment is made, Sandy Riddell will take up the NHS voting member seat
at Clinical and Care Governance Committee. 
4.3 Ms Sheila Brumby has been appointed to the position of Service User
Stakeholder. 
4.4 Ms Janette Todd has been appointed to the position of Third Sector
Stakeholder. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022-32”
Effective governance arrangements support the development and
delivery of priorities and plans. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Board, through its approved Standing Orders for Meetings,
established under the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint
Board) (Scotland) Order 2014, ensures that affairs are administered in
accordance with the law, probity and proper standards. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
There are no risk implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no staffing implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
Page 166

Page 167

(f) Property
There are no property implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equalities Impact Assessment is not required as the report is to
inform the Board of changes required to membership of the Board and
CCG Committee. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising from this report. 
(i) Directions
None arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
Consultation on this report has taken place with Simon Bokor-Ingram,
Chief Officer HSCM and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer,
Moray Council, who are in agreement with the report. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This paper sets out the position in relation to the membership of MIJB. 
Author of Report:  Sonya Duncan, Corporate Manager
Background Papers:  None
Date:  May 2024 
Page 167

Page 168

Page 168

Page 169

APPENDIX 1 
Moray Integration Joint Board – as at 30 May 2024 
Moray Integration Joint Board 
4 Council voting members Tracy Colyer (Chair)
Ben Williams
Peter Bloomfield
Scott Lawrence
4 NHS Grampian voting members Dennis Robertson (Vice-
Chair)
Derick Murray
Sandy Riddell
Vacancy
Third Sector Stakeholder  Janette Topp
NHS Grampian Staff Representative Stakeholder
Member
Deidre McIntyre
Carer Stakeholder  Ivan Augustus
Service User Stakeholder Sheila Brumby
Moray Council Staff Representative Kevin Todd
Chief Officer Professional Simon Bokor-Ingram
Chief Social Work Officer Tracy Stephen
Lead Nurse  Jane Ewen
GP Lead  Dr Robert Lockhart
Dr Malcolm Simmons
Non Primary Medical Services Lead Mr Duff Bruce
Additional Member  Elizabeth Robinson 
Audit, Performance and Risk Members
(note chair needs to be alternate partnership member to the Chair of MIJB)
2 Council voting members  John Divers
Scott Lawrence 
2 Health Board voting members  Sandy Riddell (Chair)
Derick Murray
Third Sector Stakeholder  Janette Topp
NHS Grampian Staff Representative Stakeholder
Member 
Deirdre McIntyre 
Clinical and Care Governance Members 
2 Council voting member Cllr Peter Bloomfield 
Cllr Scott Lawrence
2 Health Board voting member (Chair) Derick Murray (Chair)
Vacancy (Sandy Riddell
25/1/24 temporary)
Carer Stakeholder  Ivan Augustus
Service User Stakeholder Sheila Brumby
Third Sector Stakeholder Janette Topp
Moray Council Staff Representative Kevin Todd
Chief Officer Professional Simon Bokor-Ingram
Chief Social Work Officer Tracy Stephen
Page 169

Page 170

APPENDIX 1 
Lead Nurse  Jane Ewen
GP Lead  Dr Robert Lockhart and Dr
Malcolm Simmons
Non Primary Medical Services Lead Mr Duff Bruce
Additional Member  Elizabeth Robinson 
Page 170

Page 171

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 30 MAY 2024 
SUBJECT: GENERAL ADULT MENTAL HEALTH SECONDARY CARE
PATHWAY REVIEW 
BY:  LEAD FOR MENTAL HEALTH AND LEARNING DISABILITY
(MHLD) INPATIENT, SPECIALIST SERVICES AND CHILD AND
ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES (CAMHS) 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 This report provides an update to Health and Social Care Moray (HSCM) on the
review of the General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway, providing
an overview of the findings and recommendations. This report is being shared
with the other two Integration Joint Boards within Grampian, Aberdeen City
Health, and Social Care Partnership (ACHSCP) and Aberdeenshire Health and
Social Care Partnership (AHSCP). 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) note the update of the General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care
Pathway Review, provided in the Summary Report (Appendix 1) with
supporting appendices (Appendix 2); and 
ii) consider and comment on the findings and recommendations of the
General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway review as
outlined in Section 4 of the report. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Chief Officers of the three Integration Joint Boards in Grampian, ACHSCP,
AHSCP and HSCM commissioned a review of the General Adult Mental Health
(AMH) Secondary Care pathway to improve outcomes, efficiency, and
governance. 
3.2 NHS Grampian have structured their services into Portfolio arrangements.
There is a Grampian cross system Mental Health Portfolio Board, to which the
Chief Officer from AHSCP holds role of Portfolio Executive Lead for oversight
and delivery of strategic transformation projects. All three HSCPs within
Grampian have operational responsibility for community Mental Health
Page 171

Page 172

Learning Disability Service (MHLDS), including the pathway within this report,
i.e. the Adult Mental Health pathway.   ACHSCP also has responsibility for
hosting Specialist, pan Grampian Mental Health and Learning Disability
Services to which the report author is the Senior Operational Manager and
Lead, (inpatient, specialist services, and Child and Adolescent Mental Health
Services (CAMHS)) this also includes tertiary provision of inpatient and
outpatient services to NHS Orkney and NHS Shetland.   
3.3 The review included various teams and services within AMH; Unscheduled
Care, Adult Liaison Psychiatry, AMH Inpatient Wards, Intensive Psychiatric
Care Unit (IPCU), Community Adult Mental Health Teams, and Social Work. 
3.4 Key stakeholders were identified and participated in the project through the
creation of a Steering Group and associated subgroups e.g., lived experience. 
A range of methods of engagement were used including meetings, service
information forms, workshops, and regular updates. Lived experience
participants also contributed to this review through public and inpatient surveys. 
3.5 The Scottish Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy was published in June
2023. This strategy sets out the long-term vision and approach to improving the
mental health and wellbeing of everyone in Scotland. It is intended that the
Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway review, and any
recommendations for improvement, will allow for better delivery of the Scottish
Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The intention of the AMH Secondary Care Pathway review was to identify
improvement opportunities which impact positively on patients, staff, and
governance.  To meet this aim process and governance mapping of in scope
services was undertaken.  All three Health & Social Care Partnerships, and
their services within the scope of this project, have now completed process
maps and Service Information forms.  These have assisted in outlining the
associated governance structures and how they are connected. This gives a
clearer picture of AMH Secondary Care, across Grampian. 
4.2 The review has identified key themes arising from engagement with staff and
individuals with lived experience.  The key themes have been developed into
improvement opportunities with 40 actions which, if taken forward, may realise
changes to AMH Secondary Care.  These actions align with Scotland’s Mental
Health Core Standards, Health & Social Care Standards and the national
Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy. 
4.3 The key themes arising from staff engagement can be summarised as follows:
lack of recruitment and/or poor staff retention, poor communication/change
management, partner/service relationships, lack of funding, lack of clear
processes and resource limitations. The key themes arising from engagement
with people with lived experience were related to staff, access to support,
service delivery, moving on/reviewing treatment, and how staff, services and
patients work together. 
4.4 Feedback suggests that in relation to governance staff want more clarity on it,
across the system, as well as policies and strategies. Most staff understand
Page 172

Page 173

their local governance but not necessarily where that governance sits within the
wider system. The governance pathway is complex when viewed across the
system (HSCPs and portfolio level). 
4.5 As a part of the review process, a delivery plan summarising the key actions to
be undertaken has been developed.  The Delivery Plan maps the creation of 5
workstreams, cognisant of the Mental Health Core Standards, under which the
40 actions identified within the review are aligned. These workstreams will be
taken forward as Task and Finish Working Groups. Each group will develop
and deliver a workshop by September 2024. These workshops aim to fully
identify priority actions and develop how these will be taken forward and
implemented; part of this will be identifying which actions are business as
usual, to embed these in services, and those which are local or Grampian-wide.
Progress on each of these workshops will be reported to the Grampian-wide
MHLD Portfolio Board, and in turn the IJBs as required. 
4.6 The AMH Steering Group intends to share the final summary report and
delivery plan with those who contributed to the Lived Experience engagement
by June 2024 i.e., those who contributed to the Lived Experience Survey who
have requested follow-up. 
4.7 The workstreams of the Delivery Plan will be managed as subgroups under the
MHLD Portfolio Board. The Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, and
Informed (RACI) model will be applied across all actions: 
• Responsible: Cross System Strategic Delivery Team
• Accountable: MHLD Portfolio Board
• Consulted: Frontline Teams, Lived Experience, Public, Partners
• Informed: Frontline Teams, Lived Experience, Public, Partners 
4.8 There are identified risks in the implementation of the AMH Delivery Plan, in
that the MHLD Portfolio Board is currently undertaking an evaluation of its role
and function, in addition to the wider Chief Executive Team (CET) review of all
portfolios. The current programme plan for the MHLD Portfolio contains
pressing priorities for 2024/2025 and beyond.  Additionally, there are a large
number (24) of national strategies, standards, and specifications in place for
MHLD, services are already struggling with capacity because of the necessary
work these bring. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
The recommendations set out in this report are consistent with
the MIJB Strategic Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
There are no direct policy or legal implications arising from the
recommendations of this report.  
Page 173

Page 174

(c) Financial implications
There are no direct financial implications arising from the
recommendations of this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
Risk: Prioritisation of AMH Secondary Care Pathway Review Delivery
Plan
Impact: High: The 24 national strategies/ specifications aligned to the
Grampian Mental Health Portfolio Board may mean the AMH pathway
work may have to be reprioritised to accommodate the
recommendations, which may impact staff, patients, and services,
depending on how these are prioritised.
Mitigation: AMH actions are to be reviewed and prioritised by each
workstream’s Task and Deliver Working Group in line with service
capacity and pressures.
Likelihood following Mitigation: Low 
Risk: Priority of the AMH Secondary Care Pathway Review 
Impact: Medium: While changes to communication and approach were
made to ensure stakeholders were engaged and/or actively involved, this
was a challenge that persisted throughout the review. Key information
and problems have been missed in this review due to how stakeholders
participated in this work i.e. it was not necessarily work stakeholders
would have chosen as a priority. 
Mitigation: All stakeholders have had an opportunity to:
• Review the AMH Summary Report 
• Provide their feedback to help shape the report 
• Ensure actions are accurate to the issues gathered throughout the
review
• Agree/Disagree with how actions will be progressed. 
Consideration may need to be given to involving staff early in the
prioritising of work. 
Likelihood following Mitigation: Low 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no direct workforce implications arising from the
recommendations of this report. 
(f) Property
There are no implications to property arising from the recommendations
of this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
At this time, no Integrated Impact Assessment has been undertaken for
this review. The nature of the review has been to find opportunities to
improve outcomes for people in Grampian, improve efficiency and
strengthen governance, within the pathway. Improvement opportunities
have been identified, but how these will be addressed, and the
implications of any changes have yet to be realised. Therefore, an
Integrated Impacted Assessment is not necessary at this stage but
would be undertaken as part of the above mentioned workstreams.
Page 174

Page 175

(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no direct environmental implications arising from the
recommendations of this report for HSCM. 
(i) Directions
There are no directions arising from the recommendations of this report
for HSCM. 
(j) Consultations
HSCM Senior Management Team 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The review of the Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway across
Grampian has now concluded, with the recommended next steps to
address the actions identified from the review, to be undertaken by
September 2024. 
6.2 The most significant risk to undertaking the next steps relates to the
number of strategies, specifications and reviews aligned to the Grampian
MHLD Portfolio Board, which need to be actioned, and may need to be
reprioritised to support this work. 
Author of Report: Judith McLenan, Lead for Mental Health & Learning Disability
(MHLD) Inpatient, Specialist Services and Child and
Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS)
Background Papers:  None
Ref: 
Page 175

Page 176

Page 176

Page 177

0 | P a g e
General Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review 
Summary Report 
Judith McLenan; Lead for Mental Health & Learning Disability (MHLD) Inpatient,
Specialist Services and Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services (CAMHS) 
APPENDIX 1
Page 177

Page 178

1 | P a g e
Overview 
This document provides a pan-Grampian overview of the current, general adult
mental health secondary care pathway. This includes process and governance
mapping as well as recommendations and delivery plan for improvement to this
pathway. The recommendations will support the implementation of actions outlined
in the Scottish Government Mental Health & Wellbeing Strategy: Delivery
Plan 2023 - 2025.  
Page 178

Page 179

2 | P a g e
Contents 
Overview ................................................................................................................ 1
Introduction............................................................................................................. 3
Stakeholder Involvement ........................................................................................ 5
Lived Experience of Secondary Care Pathway ...................................................... 6
Main Points............................................................................................................. 7
Recommendations ................................................................................................. 9
Delivery Plan ..................................................................................................... 11
Project Delivery .................................................................................................... 14
Systems Mapping.............................................................................................. 14
Further Mapping Workshops ............................................................................. 16
Problem Statements/ How Might We Statements ............................................. 20
Adult Mental Health Governance Mapping ........................................................ 23
Adult Mental Health Lived Experience Engagement ......................................... 25
Summary of Workstreams .................................................................................... 27
Evaluation ......................................................................................................... 32 
Page 179

Page 180

3 | P a g e
Introduction 
The Chief Officers of Aberdeen City, Aberdeenshire and Moray Health and Social
Care Partnerships were asked to carry out a review of the General Adult Mental
Health (AMH) Secondary Care pathway. 
The review intended to find any opportunities to improve outcomes for residents,
improve efficiency and strengthen governance, within the pathway. Options to re-
design the pathway were discussed within the Adult Mental Health Secondary
Care Pathway Steering Group and its key recommendations are outlined within
this report. 
It is important to acknowledge that this review sits within a landscape of varying
strategies and initiatives, it is not an isolated activity. The recommendations and
actions outlined within this report may link to other activities taking place locally
and nationally e.g. the Barron Report therefore, the actions of this review will be
considered holistically. 
There are many teams and services in Adult Mental Health, but this review looked
at the Secondary Care Pathway, which included: 
• Unscheduled Care including the Flow Team 
• General Adult Mental Health Liaison Psychiatry
• Adult Mental Health Inpatient Wards
• Intensive Psychiatric Care Unit (IPCU) 
• Community Adult Mental Health Teams (CMHTs)
• Social Work 
Process and governance maps for each of these areas were produced. These
maps are visual diagrams of how patients' access, move through and leave this
pathway. As well as who is responsible for making decisions about the pathway
and its population. 
Page 180

Page 181

4 | P a g e
The Scottish Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy: Delivery Plan 2023 -
2025 was published in June 2023. This strategy tells us about the long-term vision
and approach to improving the mental health and wellbeing of everyone in
Scotland. This review and any recommendations for improvement will allow for
better delivery of the Scottish Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy. 
Page 181

Page 182

5 | P a g e
Stakeholder Involvement  
There were several different ways stakeholders were involved in this review: 
• Joining the Steering Group of key stakeholders who were responsible for
reviewing the findings of the review and informing the recommendations
and 2024/25 delivery plan.
• Joining a subgroup for Lived Experience; sharing research of recent
engagement or supporting the development of inpatient and outpatient
engagement, to capture lived experience of this pathway.
• Meeting with members of the project team to help them understand a
service or how its team works, so a process map can be created. 
• Completing a Service Information Form to help the project team understand
more about the service or team and how it functions.
• Participating in workshops to deepen the project team’s understanding of
shared experiences/issues/opportunities across the pathway.
• Receiving regular updates about the progress of the review and providing
feedback on findings as and when it was needed. 
Stakeholders were kept informed of the progress of this review through a singular
SharePoint communication point, monthly newsletter, 1-2-1 or team meetings, as
well as at, monthly General Adult Mental Health (AMH) Secondary Care Pathway
Steering Group meetings.  
Page 182

Page 183

6 | P a g e
Lived Experience of Secondary Care Pathway 
Individuals with Lived Experience added to this review in several ways. 
• By participating in the review’s Lived Experience subgroup and sharing how
best to involve more Lived Experienced individuals in this review.
• Through a survey which asked a series of questions relating to an
individual’s experience accessing and using mental health secondary care
pathways. This survey was carried out using Citizen Space, an Aberdeen
City Council online consultation tool, and was promoted through the
Steering Group and other key stakeholders.
• Through participation in the Royal Cornhill Hospital’s Mental Health
Inpatient Survey for Quarter 4 in 2023. As a recent review of inpatient
experiences this provided valuable insight to the experiences of those
residing in hospital.
Individuals who have contributed to this review with their lived experience, and
who have requested they be provided with the outcome of this review and kept
up to date with its next steps, will be provided with a copy of this Summary
Report once all appropriate governance steps have been completed. 
Page 183

Page 184

7 | P a g e
Main Points 
The following are the summary points gathered from this review and across the
range of research and data collected as part of this work including the
recommendations to move this work forward: 
1. Each Health & Social Care Partnership and the services in those
Partnerships, within the scope of this review, have associated process
maps and Service Information forms. Process maps can be viewed in
General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review Appendices
– Appendices A - M.
2. Each Health & Social Care Partnership has outlined its Governance
Structure and how these are connected. These can be viewed in General
Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review Appendices –
Appendix O: MHLD Grampian Governance Pathways.
3. The themes arising as problems or issues within the secondary care
pathway are lack of recruitment and/or poor staff retention, poor
communication/change management, partner/service relationships, lack of
funding, lack of clear processes and resource limitations.
4. The review has identified 40 actions (‘How Might We’ statements) which are
both directly and indirectly impacting the AMH secondary care pathway; as
shared by stakeholders (staff, partners, lived experience). These can be
viewed in General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review
Appendices – Appendix N: Problem Statements/How Might We Statements.
5. The themes arising as problems or improvement opportunities from the
Adult Mental Health Secondary Care pathway survey, and Royal Cornhill
Hospital’s Mental Health Inpatient Survey for Quarter 4 in 2023, were
related to staff, access to support, service delivery, moving on/reviewing
treatment, and how staff, services and patients work together. These can
be seen in Adult Mental Health Lived Experience Engagement
6. Feedback on the AMH governance suggests that staff want more clarity on
it (i.e. role and purpose of groups/ boards), across the system, as well as
policies and strategies. Most staff understand the governance impacting
their own service but not necessarily where that governance sits within the
Page 184

Page 185

8 | P a g e
wider system. The governance pathway is complex when viewed across
the system (HSCPs & Portfolio Board level). This can be viewed in General
Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review Appendices –
Appendix O: MHLD Grampian Governance Pathways. 
7. There is a risk to undertaking this work, largely relating to resource
availability, and competing workstreams. The MHLD Portfolio Board is
currently undertaking an evaluation of itself and maintains pressing
priorities for 2024/2025. Across MHLD, services are struggling with capacity
because of the necessary work around 24 national strategies,
specifications, and standards.
8. The review itself was requested through the Chief Officers from the North
East Partnership Steering Group (NEPSG). As this review wasn’t initiated
through staff, there were challenges keeping stakeholders engaged and/or
actively involved. Changes to communication and approach were made to
support the involvement of stakeholders but this largely persisted
throughout the review. There is the risk that key information and problems
have been missed in this review due to how stakeholders participated in
this work i.e. it was not necessarily work stakeholders would have chosen
as a priority. 
Page 185

Page 186

9 | P a g e
Recommendations 
General Actions:
1. Initial steps to implement the April 2024 – March 2025 Delivery Plan
outlined below begin as of 1st April 2024.
2. The General AMH Secondary Care Pathway Review is taken as an update
to the Aberdeen City, Aberdeenshire, and Moray Health & Social Care
Partnerships’ IJBs in May 2024.
3. The final Summary Report is shared with contributing Lived Experience by
June 2024 i.e., those who contributed to the Lived Experience Survey who
have requested follow-up. 
April 2024 – March 2025 Delivery Plan: 
1. The actions identified within this review will fall under five workstreams
which are cognisant with the Mental Health Core Standards; Access,
Workforce, Moving Between and Out of Services; Governance &
Accountability, and Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment & Support.
2. The 40 actions have been initially prioritised by:
a. Stakeholders, as part of the review’s workshops
b. By using the How, Wow & Now Matrix as a tool, and the complexity
of the action as a guide, to help prioritise actions
c. By understanding which actions are likely to be met within an
existing or upcoming project or workstream. 
3. The above workstreams will be undertaken as Task and Finish Working
Groups which will be established by June 2024.
4. A workshop will be developed and delivered by each Task and Finish
Working Group by September 2024. The purpose of the workshop will be:
a. To allow the Task and Finish Working Groups to make a more
informed decision on the priority of each action within their
workstream.
Page 186

Page 187

10 | P a g e
b. For each Task and Finish Working Group to identify actions it would
consider ‘Business As Usual’ (BAU) and to pass these actions back,
to be embedded, in services.
c. For each Task and Finish Working Group to identify which actions it
would consider pan-Grampian or local.
d. Of the remaining, and prioritised actions, for each Task and Finish
Working Group to develop how these actions will be achieved.
e. For each Task and Finish Working Group to provide an update
through the agreed governance structure on the outcomes of the
Task and Deliver Workshop by September 2024.
5. Any changes to be implemented as agreed within these workshops are to
be delivered by March 2025 or beyond if this is need is specifically
identified.
6. These actions will be considered in line with priority activities identified by
the MHLD Portfolio Board. Therefore, the above workstreams should be
managed as a programme under the MHLD Portfolio Board as outlined in
General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review Appendices
- Appendix N: MHLD Grampian Governance Pathways, Cross System
Strategic Delivery Team pathway.
7. The RACI model to be applied across all actions are:
a. Responsible: Cross System Strategic Delivery Team
b. Accountable: MHLD Portfolio Board
c. Consulted: Frontline Teams, Lived Experience, Public, Partners
d. Informed: Frontline Teams, Lived Experience, Public, Partners 
A Delivery Plan has been outlined below which will provide an ‘at a glance’ view
of: 
• All actions to the undertaken
• The workstream each action corresponds to
• Actions considered a priority. 
• Actions that may be delivered through other projects/ workstreams
Page 187

Page 188

11 | P a g e
Delivery Plan 
Adult Mental Health Secondary Care: Workstreams
Access  Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
And Support
Moving Between And
Out Of Services
Workforce Governance And
Accountability
Improving access and
understanding of
services available
across Grampian. 
Developing
consistency of
approach and clear
processes.
Build capacity within
services and
processes to enable
person centred
approaches to care,
from prevention and
early intervention to
response.
Create a holistic
approach to person
centred care,
supporting the
movement between
and from services in a
right care, right time,
right service
approach.
Create a caring skilled
workforce which is
supported to provide
safe, high-quality
person-centred care
and provided with
opportunities for
development.
Establish and
promote clear
governance routes
which are accessible
and promote
accountability within
service delivery and
design.
Enabling Themes
Relationships Funding Recruitment &
Retention
Communication/
Change
Resources Processes
This primarily focused
on the relationship
between Primary and
Secondary care
services; and the
difficulty for patients to
access services in
either primary or
secondary care based
on where the patient’s
referral was initially
made and what criteria
is being met.
This primarily focused
on the use of locums
and the impact this
has on staff morale
i.e. pay differences; as
well as the pause on
project funding and
the difference in
primary and
secondary care
funding.
This primarily focused
on the morale of staff,
work absorption due to
staff shortages and the
ability to recruit and to
retain staff. The impact
of not having enough
nurses, consultants,
retirement and the loss
of experience or
significant roles e.g.
MHO status. The
inconsistency in
patient/service delivery
due to the use of
locums.
This primarily focused
on the need for
improved
communication between
primary and secondary
care. It also highlighted
that a lot of staff are
unaware of the
governance structures
of MH and its relevant
strategies (that
strategies are not clear).
The lack of clarity about
what programme/project
work is taking place
across Grampian that
should have Grampian-
wide input.
This primarily focused
on the tools to provide
services and support,
e.g. supported
accommodation,
service provision (self-
directed support
packages). It also
looked at the inability to
better share or access
information across
partner services to aid
patients. It also
highlighted the increase
in referrals and
diagnosis in specific
areas e.g. autism
spectrum disorder.
This primarily focused
on the lack of clear
process mapping,
clinical pathways,
operational policies and
referring across areas. 
Page 188

Page 189

12 | P a g e
Workstream Actions
Access  Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
And Support
Moving Between And
Out Of Services
Governance and
Accountability
Workforce
Bring consistency to CMHT
working, incorporating AMH,
Older Adult (OA) MH and
LD, across Grampian.
Assess our care planning
process, to incorporate likely
patient escalations/ crisis.
Ensure patients are only
discharged because they
are ready, they have met
their milestones and
because an appropriate
community care plan is in
place.
Make better preparations,
when forecasting suggests
impending issues or a
significant increase in MH
diagnoses and any related
co-morbidities impacting
patients.
Moving between our in-
house MH training
opportunities to support
continuous learning in the
workplace. 
Improve public
understanding of MH
services.
Build on existing
preventative/ proactive
activities to ensure MH care,
and support for impacting
social issues, can be
provided at the earliest
opportunity. 
Discover what issues are
arising in relation to the duty
doctor system.
Explore alternative models of
practice. 
Safeguard time within MH
clinical roles, to ensure that
any teaching requirements
they have, can be met
appropriately and without
risk to patient care.
Expand or change how we
support individuals
experiencing MH distress, so
their MH condition/ distress
does not worsen during
periods of wait.
Build capacity into
secondary care teams, to be
able to follow up with their
patients in their community.
Improve the process, for
assessing patients at acute
sites.
Identify processes or
activities, which require
Grampian-wide alignment, to
ensure patient experiences
are consistent. 
Minimise the use of, or more
effectively make use of,
locum medical support to
ease the funding pressure.
Reduce wait times to access
secondary care services.
Carry out MH assessment
within Emergency
Department, to improve
patient experiences when
also presenting with MH
issues.
Identify patients impacted by
delayed discharge, and the
challenges relating to their
discharge.
Determine a suitable
process, which would allow
for primary/secondary care,
to refer to third sector
organisations.
Improve relationships and
communication between
fellow secondary care
services/ teams and primary
care.
Patients have clear and easy
access to necessary MH
services/support, regardless
of where their MH care
originated.
Provide access to important
patient information, out of
hours for key decision
makers.
Understand the challenges
regarding IPCU interface
with AMH.
Review MH strategies, which
outline the current situation
for MH services and what
needs to be done to deliver
improvements to these
services.
Build interest in, or develop
our MH vocations, to
develop a quality recruitment
pool, on which to build the
MH workforce.
Page 189

Page 190

13 | P a g e
Provide easy access, either
physically or digitally, to
appropriate community
resources for patients who
could live independently. 
Identify the necessary
maintenance and changes
required to the IPCU.
Understand the challenges
regarding the transfer of
IPCU patients out of area
Improve the documentation
of clinical pathways.
Provide quality support and
care to staff, to ensure they
feel heard and valued.
Understand the demand for
hospital care, treatment, and
rehabilitation. 
Understand the challenges
regarding access to AHP for
IPCU patients.
Improve the process,
together with [transportation
services], for transporting
patients to RCH for
assessment/ admission.
Clarify the governance
structures across Grampian.
Induct locum consultants, to
geographical areas they are
unfamiliar with, to help build
strong peer relationships
and maintain a high
standard of patient care.
Fair access to in-demand
MH services, across
Grampian.  
Implement a consistent
discharge process that is
visible and clear to all staff. 
Participate in national
discussions regarding
forensic pathways for
females.     
Action identified as a priority.
Action will be met through an existing or upcoming project/ workstream. 
Page 190

Page 191

14 | P a g e
Project Delivery 
The General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway review began in July
2023. The aim of this review was to identify improvements within the secondary
care pathway of adult general mental health which would lead to better patient and
service outcomes, improve efficiency, and streamline governance. 
Systems Mapping 
A systems mapping exercise was undertaken by a subgroup of the review’s
Steering Group early in the review. The aim of this activity was to create a whole
system map, across the Grampian AMH Secondary Care services. This map was
then shared with all stakeholders of the AMH review to help bring clarity to those
participating in the review, about what parts of the pathway would be explored. 
The map shows: 
• The AMH secondary care services that exist in each area i.e., Aberdeen
City, Aberdeenshire, and Moray, including Hosted services.
• The AMH secondary care services that are part of the pathway review.
• The scale of the review, and that this was only part of a wider AMH
secondary care pathway.
• The other services which impact on those within the scope of the review
and/or the secondary care pathway itself. 
The services within the scope of this review were identified as: 
Service/Team No. of Teams Location
Unscheduled
Care
2 1 x Royal Cornhill Hospital 
1 x Dr Gray’s Hospital
Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire
Moray
Flow
Coordinator
1 Royal Cornhill Hospital  
Adult Liaison
Psychiatry
2 1 x Royal Cornhill Hospital 
1 x Dr Gray’s Hospital
Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire
Moray
Page 191

Page 192

15 | P a g e
CMHTs 9 1 x Aberdeen City South
1 x Aberdeen City North
1 x Aberdeen City Central A
1 x Aberdeen City Central B
1 x Aberdeenshire Central
1 x Aberdeenshire South
1 x Aberdeenshire North
2 x Moray
Aberdeen City
Aberdeen City
Aberdeen City
Aberdeen City
Aberdeenshire 
Aberdeenshire 
Aberdeenshire 
Moray 
Adult Mental
Health Inpatient
Wards
5 4 x Royal Cornhill Hospital 
1 x Dr Gray’s Hospital
Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire
Moray
Intensive
Psychiatric
Care Unit
(IPCU)
1 Royal Cornhill Hospital Hosted service
Adult Mental
Health Social
Work
2 1 x Aberdeen City
1 x Moray
Aberdeen City
Aberdeenshire 
Moray 
Grampian-wide Systems Map 
Page 192

Page 193

16 | P a g e
Further Mapping Workshops 
The review progressed to the completion of Service Information Forms for each of
the services within the scope of this review. The Service Information Form aimed
to capture: 
• Information about the individual completing the form.
• Simple information about the service i.e. operating hours, primary users.
• Purpose of the Service
• Funding/Budget
• Information Sharing
• Governance
• Additional Information including challenges the service is experiencing
currently, and/or issues it experiences within the wider secondary care
pathway. Information gathered here informed future workshops and the
problem statements/’How Might We’ statements outlined in General Adult
Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway Review Appendices – Appendix N:
Problem Statements/How Might We Statements. 
Where it was identified within the Service Information Form that a service had no
process map, one was developed. In addition to capturing how a patient may
access, move through, and leave the service the process maps may also identify: 
• A stage or role within the process when there is significant information flow.
• A stage within the process that is manual.
• Stages within the process where there is a current limit in resources. 
During this time, another workshop was undertaken to add detail to the flow of
information between secondary care services. This exercise echoed what was
captured within the service process maps regarding information flow: 
Team/Role Information Flow
Page 193

Page 194

17 | P a g e
Unscheduled Care Significant in relation to
triage, assessment, and
admission
Unscheduled Care: Band
7
• Flow Coordinator
Information is received from: 
• Out of Hour GPs
• Police Scotland: Custody
• Police Scotland (via
Emergency Department
• Emergency Department
• Non-Mental Health Wards
• Scottish Ambulance
Service
• NHS24
• Self-Referrals
• CMHTs
Community Mental
Health Teams
Significant in relation to
triage and assessment: 
• Social Work Team
Manager
(Aberdeenshire)
• Consultants (Urgent
Referrals)
• CMHT Team (weekly
referral meetings)
Information is received from: 
• Unscheduled Care
• Social Work
• CAMHs
• Self-Referrals
• GP Practices
• Police Scotland
• Referrals within the CMHT
• Additions (ADA Quarriers,
ARI D & A Team)
AMH Inpatient
Wards
Significant in relation to
assessment and
admission: 
• Inpatient Ward
Consultants 
Information is received from: 
• Consultants (meeting
patients at outpatient clinic)
• CPN (meeting patients at
outpatient clinic)
• Unscheduled Care
• Adult Liaison Psychiatry
Page 194

Page 195

18 | P a g e
Adult Liaison
Psychiatry
Significant in relation to
triage, assessment, and
admission 
• Practitioners
• Nurse Practitioner
Service (Moray)
Information is received from: 
• Inpatient Wards 
• Emergency Department s
• Secondary care clinicians
for outpatients
IPCU Significant in relation to
triage, assessment, and
admission 
• IPCU Team
(assessment)
• Consultants 
Information is received from: 
• Adult Mental Health
Services in Grampian 
• Other specialist mental
health services in Grampian 
• Out of area IPCUs for
Grampian Patients 
• The local forensic service
via the courts, PF, prison,
out of area secure
placements for the female
forensic population.
Social Work Significant in relation to
triage and assessment. 
• Mental Health Officers
(detainment)
• Adult Social Work
team member
(assessment)
• AMH Social Work
team member
(assessment) 
Information is received from: 
• GPs
• Self-Referrals
• Adult Support & Protection
• Access Team
• AHP: Self Directed Support
• Consultant in clinic
• CMHT
• Police Scotland
• Police Concern Report
• Another Local Authority 
Page 195

Page 196

19 | P a g e
Flow of Information Map
Page 196

Page 197

20 | P a g e
Problem Statements/ How Might We Statements 
As part of the Service Information Form completion, and process map
development, services identified problems/issues impacting them or how the
service was being impacted within the wider secondary care pathway. These initial
problems/issues framed a workshop, where stakeholders provided further detail
on these problems/issues or identified other problems/issues they wanted to
capture. Six themes emerged from the Problems/Issues workshop: 
Theme Brief Explanation of Discussion
Relationships This primarily focused on the relationship between
Primary and Secondary care services; and the
difficulty for patients to access services in either
primary or secondary care based on where the
patient’s referral was initially made and what
criteria is being met. 
Funding This primarily focused on the use of locums and
the impact this has on staff morale i.e. pay
differences; as well as the pause on project
funding and the difference in primary and
secondary care funding.
Recruitment & Retention This primarily focused on the morale of staff, work
absorption due to staff shortages and the ability to
recruit and to retain staff. The impact of not having
enough nurses, consultants, retirement and the
loss of experience or significant roles e.g. MHO
status. The inconsistency in patient/service
delivery due to the use of locums.
Communication/ Change This primarily focused on the need for improved
communication between primary and secondary
care. It also highlighted that a lot of staff are
unaware of the governance structures of MH and
its relevant strategies (that strategies are not
clear). The lack of clarity about what
Page 197

Page 198

21 | P a g e
programme/project work is taking place across
Grampian that should have Grampian-wide input.
Resources This primarily focused on the lack of community
provision which would allow patients to move on
from inpatient care, or that would better support
them in the community e.g. supported
accommodation, service provision (self-directed
support packages). It also looked at the inability to
better share or access information across partner
services to aid patients. It also highlighted the
increase in referrals and diagnosis in specific areas
e.g. autism spectrum disorder.
Process This primarily focused on the lack of clear process
mapping, clinical pathways, operational policies
and referring across areas. 
Themes Map 
Page 198

Page 199

22 | P a g e
How Might We Statements
Once these problem/issues were collated they were then restructured as ‘How
Might We’ statements. ‘How Might We’ statements are a way to reframe problems.
As an exercise, it can bring clarity to; what action needs to be taken to address the
problem; who would be impacted by the action and the effect to be realised. 
These ‘How Might We’ statements were then aligned to the appropriate Mental
Health Core Standard and Summary Outcome, which could provide a way to
measure the impact of addressing a particular action.
In total, 40 different actions (‘How Might We statements) were identified. These
actions can be viewed in a table in General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care
Pathway Review Appendices – Appendix N: Problem Statements/How Might We
Statements. The table will show:
• The Mental Health Core Standard the action has been aligned to
• The original problem statement
• The action (‘How Might We’ statement)
• The theme the action falls into
• The Summary Outcome the action has been aligned to
A further workshop with stakeholders was undertaken to determine which of the 40
actions the stakeholders would consider a priority. The workshop also captured
any ideas stakeholders had that could deliver the action, as well as sharing any
known projects that may be underway or preparing to start, that may also deliver
some of the actions.
These actions have been grouped under each Mental Health Core Standard,
which will form a workstream e.g. any actions aligned to the Mental Health Core
Standard ‘Access’ will be grouped together, and this will form a workstream. Each
workstream will have its own Task and Finish Working Group. These working
groups will each undertake a workshop which will review all actions under that
workstream and determine what changes, if any, could be undertaken to make
improvements to the secondary care pathway.  
Page 199

Page 200

23 | P a g e
Adult Mental Health Governance Mapping 
Captured under the Communication/Change theme of the problem
statements/’How Might We’ statements is a lack of understanding of Adult Mental
Health governance i.e., a lack of awareness of the pathway and a lack of
knowledge of the responsibilities within the governance pathway. In short, there
lacks transparency around mental health governance, as with policies and
strategies, across the system.
Completion of the Service Information forms highlighted that staff are very familiar
with their individual services governance pathway, although less was
demonstrated around its position within the wider Adult Mental Health governance
pathway, either within each Health & Social Care Partnership or across the
system. Therefore, less was shared within the Service Information forms and
workshops regarding where improvements to the governance pathway could be
made. Of course, it would be difficult for staff to share improvement opportunities
or ideas for a governance pathway that they do not know enough about.
Certainly, the risks raised by staff appeared to be that they could not contribute to
changes taking place across the system, which may have a wider impact, because
they are unaware of work taking place and who has the responsibility to oversee
and collaborate on work that has a cross-system impact. As demonstrated in the
image below the cross-system view of the governance pathway is complex. This is
fully recognised within the MHLD Portfolio Board and, where possible, there is
commitment to make improvements to this pathway. 
Page 200

Page 201

24 | P a g e
Page 201

Page 202

25 | P a g e
Adult Mental Health Lived Experience Engagement 
Lived Experience contribution to this review was undertaken in a several ways.
The first was the creation of a Lived Experience Subgroup which pulled together
members from third sector organisations, advocacy groups, the Grampian Public
Empowerment Group, and other key roles from across the relevant Health &
Social Care Partnerships and NHS Grampian.
Members of the Lived Experience Subgroup provided access to the ‘In Their
Words,’ Royal Cornhill Hospital’s Mental Health Inpatient Survey for Quarter 4 in
2023/2024. This provided to the review recently gathered feedback from
individuals residing within wards at the Royal Cornhill Hospital.
Members also helped to create, or provided feedback on the development of, an
AMH Lived Experience Survey which went live in January 2024. The survey was
available to complete until the end of February 2024. A Data Protection Impact
Assessment (DPIA) and Privacy Notice were completed ahead of this public
engagement. In total, 38 responses were received for this survey.
The primary themes arising from these Lived Experience feedback tools were: 
Theme Brief Explanation of Discussion
Staff This primarily focused on the need for more staff
and resources within the pathway. Individuals felt
staff behaviours and their relationship with their
patients could be improved upon. Training was
also raised as an opportunity for improvement,
particularly around co-morbidities and support for
individuals challenged with managing multiple
issues. 
Access to Support This primarily focused on individuals looking for
support at the earliest opportunity, with
suggestions that if help could have been provided
earlier, it may have prevented an escalation in their
mental health. Individuals felt they did not
understand why they were not eligible for particular
Page 202

Page 203

26 | P a g e
support, that there was still stigma attached to
asking for support, and that more transparency
was needed here. Overall, individuals felt that wait
times for support were too long.
Service Delivery This primarily focused on the limited access to
mental health services in rural locations and how
this impacted/ impacts the individual’s life.
Individuals also mentioned they would like to see
the type of mental health services expand into
other areas e.g. hypnotherapy, TheraPets or
through the provision of drop-in mental health
support.
Moving On This primarily focused on medication; that it was all
that was given, that it didn’t work or that the
individual had been on it for considerable time with
no invitation to review their mental health or
medication, extended from their GP.
Working Together This primarily focused on the need for person
centred care. Individuals mentioned that less focus
on medication was needed, that longer
appointments to talk to their GPs would be helpful,
faster access to assessments e.g., Autism, and to
see more multi-disciplinary working. Individuals
wanted to be more involved and informed about
their care, to see better communication between
patients and staff, to see better communication
between services and be able to express their
emotions/feelings freely. 
Please note: The outcomes of the lived experience surveys have not been
included, to ensure the anonymity of those that participated in this review. 
Page 203

Page 204

27 | P a g e
Summary of Workstreams 
Workstream: Access  Status of Action
Bring consistency to CMHT working, incorporating AMH,
OAMH and LD, across Grampian.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Improve public understanding of MH services. Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Expand or change how we support individuals experiencing
MH distress, so their MH condition/ distress does not worsen
during periods of wait.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Reduce wait times to access secondary care services. Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Patients have clear and easy access to necessary MH
services/support, regardless of where their MH care
originated.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Provide easy access, either physically or digitally, to
appropriate community resources for patients who could live
independently. 
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Understand the demand for hospital care, treatment, and
rehabilitation.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Fair access to in-demand MH services, across Grampian. Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as How (Medium to High Difficulty/ Medium to High
Innovation)
Participate in national discussions regarding forensic
pathways for females.
Forensic Services Programme Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of actions outlined within the Forensic
Services Review (response to the Barron Report). 
Page 204

Page 205

28 | P a g e
Workstream: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment
And Support
Status of Action
Assess our care planning process, to incorporate likely
patient escalations/ crisis.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Build on existing preventative/ proactive activities to ensure
MH care, and support for impacting social issues, can be
provided at the earliest opportunity. 
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Build capacity into secondary care teams, to be able to
follow up with their patients in their community.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Carry out MH assessment within Emergency Department, to
improve patient experiences when also presenting with MH
issues.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Provide access to important patient information, out of hours
for key decision makers.
An EPR roll out will take place this year. Data Information
Governance Procedures are being explored with Caldicott
Guardian
Identify the necessary maintenance and changes required to
the IPCU.
Forensic Services Programme Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of actions outlined within the Forensic
Services Review (response to the Barron Report).
Understand the challenges regarding access to AHP for
IPCU patients.
Forensic Services Programme Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of actions outlined within the Forensic
Services Review (response to the Barron Report).  
Page 205

Page 206

29 | P a g e
Workstream: Moving Between And Out Of Services Status of Action
Ensure patients are only discharged because they are
ready, they have met their milestones and because an
appropriate community care plan is in place.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Discover what issues are arising in relation to the duty
doctor system.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Improve the process, for assessing patients at acute sites. Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Identify patients impacted by delayed discharge, and the
challenges relating to their discharge.
Optimising Patient Flow Program crosses whole Grampian
system, acute, community, mental health, and other public
services all members
Understand the challenges regarding IPCU interface with
AMH.
Forensic Services Programme Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of actions outlined within the Forensic
Services Review (response to the Barron Report).
Understand the challenges regarding the transfer of IPCU
patients out of area
Forensic Services Programme Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of actions outlined within the Forensic
Services Review (response to the Barron Report).
Improve the process, together with [transportation services],
for transporting patients to RCH for assessment/ admission.
This action is currently included as a commitment in Finance
Planning and could be actioned under this workstream.  
Page 206

Page 207

30 | P a g e
Workstream: Governance and Accountability Status of Action
Make better preparations, when forecasting suggests
impending issues or a significant increase in MH diagnoses
and any related co-morbidities impacting patients.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Explore alternative models of practice.  Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Identify processes or activities, which require Grampian-
wide alignment, to ensure patient experiences are
consistent. 
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Determine a suitable process, which would allow for
primary/secondary care, to refer to third sector
organisations.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Review MH strategies, which outline the current situation for
MH services and what needs to be done to deliver
improvements to these services.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Improve the documentation of clinical pathways. Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Clarify the governance structures across Grampian. This action is a responsibility of the Cross System Strategic
Delivery Team.
Implement a consistent discharge process that is visible and
clear to all staff.
The AMH Modernisation (Hosted) was created to address this
challenge and was implemented as of November 2023. There is a
cross Grampian Mental Health Discharge Planning and
Improvement Group who meet monthly and report into the
Optimising Patient Flow Program (Government Strategic Program)  
Page 207

Page 208

31 | P a g e
Workstream: Workforce Status of Action
Moving between our in-house MH training opportunities to
support continuous learning in the workplace. 
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Safeguard time within MH clinical roles, to ensure that any
teaching requirements they have, can be met appropriately
and without risk to patient care.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Minimise the use of, or more effectively make use of, locum
medical support to ease the funding pressure.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Improve relationships and communication between fellow
secondary care services/ teams and primary care.
Action identified as a priority as part of the Adult Mental Health
Secondary Care Pathway Review workshops.
Build interest in, or develop our MH vocations, to develop a
quality recruitment pool, on which to build the MH workforce.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Provide quality support and care to staff, to ensure they feel
heard and valued.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Induct locum consultants, to geographical areas they are
unfamiliar with, to help build strong peer relationships and
maintain a high standard of patient care.
Applying the How, Wow, Now Matrix the following action was
identified as Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation) 
Page 208

Page 209

32 | P a g e
Evaluation 
Several key themes emerged from this review, in addition to how work is
prioritised by the MHLD Portfolio Board, and any actions to address these themes
will be delivered in the context of other local and national strategies/initiatives and
resource constraints.
This is first pathway review that has taken place within MHLD and there will be
learning to capture as part of delivering this review. There is commitment to do
this, and to use this opportunity to develop best practice, which could help inform
any future pathway reviews.
Page 209

Page 210

Page 210

Page 211

30 | P a g e
General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway
Review 
Appendices 
Appendix A: Unscheduled Care & Flow (Aberdeen City & Aberdeenshire)
Appendix B: Adult Liaison Psychiatry (Aberdeen City & Aberdeenshire)
Appendix C: AMH Inpatient Wards (Aberdeen City & Aberdeenshire)
Appendix D: Community Mental Health Teams (Aberdeen City)
Appendix E: Adult Mental Health Social Work (Aberdeen City)
Appendix F: Community Mental Health Teams (Aberdeenshire)
Appendix G: Adult Mental Health Social Work (Aberdeenshire)
Appendix H: Unscheduled Care & Flow – Nurse Practitioner Service (Moray)
Appendix I : Adult Liaison Psychiatry – Nurse Practitioner Service (Moray)
Appendix J: Adult Mental Health Inpatient Wards (Moray)
Appendix K: Community Mental Health Teams (Moray)
Appendix L: Adult Mental Health Social Work (Moray)
Appendix M: Intensive Psychiatric Care Unit (Hosted)
Appendix N: Problem Statements/How Might We Statements
Appendix O: MHLD Grampian Governance Pathways 
APPENDIX 2
Page 211

Page 212

31 | P a g e
Appendix A: Unscheduled Care & Flow (Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire)
Page 212

Page 213

32 | P a g e
Appendix B: Adult Liaison Psychiatry (Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire) 
Page 213

Page 214

33 | P a g e
Appendix C: AMH Inpatient Wards (Aberdeen City &
Aberdeenshire)
Page 214

Page 215

34 | P a g e
Appendix D: Community Mental Health Teams (Aberdeen
City) 
Page 215

Page 216

35 | P a g e
Appendix E: Adult Mental Health Social Work (Aberdeen
City)
Page 216

Page 217

36 | P a g e
Appendix F: Community Mental Health Teams
(Aberdeenshire) 
Page 217

Page 218

37 | P a g e
Appendix G: Adult Mental Health Social Work
(Aberdeenshire)
Page 218

Page 219

38 | P a g e
Appendix H: Unscheduled Care & Flow – Nurse
Practitioner Service (Moray) 
Page 219

Page 220

39 | P a g e
Appendix I : Adult Liaison Psychiatry – Nurse
Practitioner Service (Moray)
Page 220

Page 221

40 | P a g e
Appendix J: Adult Mental Health Inpatient Wards (Moray)
Page 221

Page 222

41 | P a g e
Appendix K: Community Mental Health Teams (Moray) 
Page 222

Page 223

42 | P a g e
Appendix L: Adult Mental Health Social Work (Moray)
Page 223

Page 224

43 | P a g e
Appendix M: Intensive Psychiatric Care Unit (Hosted) 
Page 224

Page 225

43 | P a g e
Appendix N: Problem Statements/How Might We Statements 
Key:
How (Medium to High Difficulty/ Medium to High
Innovation)
Wow (Medium to High Difficulty/ Low to Medium
Innovation)
Now (Low to Medium Difficulty/ Low to Medium Innovation) 
Mental Health
Standard
Problem Statement How Might We
Statement
Ideas Theme Summary Outcome
Access Aberdeenshire CMHTs often
work differently and
separately to each other
which can make working
together/delivering a
consistent service very
difficult.
How might we bring
consistency to CMHT
working, incorporating
AMH, OAMH and LD,
across Grampian?
Fully Integrating teams (not relying
on professional silos) so there is
one referral into CMHT that could
be picked up by any CMHT.
Ensure that SOP's/Referral Criteria
are consistent across all CMHTs
whether Aberdeenshire, City or
Moray.   
Promote team sense of ownership
of the eligibility criteria and if not in
place develop SOP that is shire
wide. 
Ensure that SOP's/Referral Criteria
are consistent across Teams 
Appreciative enquiry - assess the
effectiveness of these different
ways of working, draw out the best
practice(s) from each and
consolidate
Process Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 225

Page 226

44 | P a g e
Access HSCPs do not provide
exactly the same services or
prioritise funding exactly the
same way. Depending on
which area you reside within,
you may have easier access
to a particular service than
others. This is more
apparent in areas where
there is a larger
geographical area to cover
and higher chances of
patient isolation.
How might we ensure fair
access to in-demand MH
services, across
Grampian, to ensure all
individuals with a need for
assessment are seen
based on priority/urgency
of need?
Create a SLWG that will explore
opportunities for fairer use of
resources within MH secondary
care services, across Grampian,
and determine whether these
opportunities are viable.
Funding Improved overall mental
wellbeing and reduced
inequalities
Access If patients had easier access
to MH support in their
communities in the lead up
to, or following a diagnosis, it
may prevent patients
progressing to
moderate/severe MH issues
that require more resource
and time to resolve/ balance
How might we ensure fair
access to in-demand MH
services, across
Grampian, to ensure all
individuals with a need for
assessment are seen
based on priority/urgency
of need?
Invest in peer led recovery focused
support systems and social
movements.  These types of
approaches can have big impact
with small resources (funding) 
Correlates with some other 'How
Might We' statements about
having consistency in governance
of access, care planning treatment
& support. MH Portfolio Board to
lead strategic direction for
Grampian. Also need review and
agree there will be local based
decisions by IJBs in line with
Integration agenda.
Resources Better equipped
communities to support
people's mental health
and wellbeing and
provide opportunities to
connect with others.
Page 226

Page 227

45 | P a g e
Access Patients whose needs could
be met through a community
provision can find it difficult
to access these resources in
an emergency which can
often result in hospital
admission. 
Psychology patients will only
have access to secondary
care services if this is where
their current care originated,
and this is not the care for
other services e.g. OT
How might we ensure fair
access to in-demand MH
services, across
Grampian, to ensure all
individuals with a need for
assessment are seen
based on priority/ urgency
of need?
Review then adhere to eligibility
criteria 
Ensure a matched care model that
is fluent across services. 
One could postulate that if in hours
mental health support in place,
there would be patient involvement
in assessment, care planning,
treatment and support in
developing Advance Statements,
Crisis Plans and Anticipatory Care
Plans which would reduce burden
on urgent and emergency
services. Appropriate and regular
use of Care Program Approach. If
this is the case for Psychology
services, I am happy to look at
improvements to ensure a
matched care model that is fluent
across services. Lived experience
advisory group with clear
structures in place for participants
Relationships Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Access Patients open to secondary
care that don't qualify for
specific support (e.g. within
CMHT) cannot then access
primary care services
How might we ensure
that patients have clear
and easy access to
necessary MH
services/support,
regardless of where their
MH care originated i.e.
primary or secondary?
Pathway to be reviewed to
incorporate a need for patients
open to mental health social work,
but no other secondary care
discipline, being able to access
primary care services, i.e.
psychology. 
Clarity about service referral
criteria, which the process
mapping should present. 
Relationships Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Access The public has a differing
perception of mental health
How might we improve
public understanding of
Create a Grampian wide
communication plan, using existing
Change
Management
Improved quality of life for
people with mental health
Page 227

Page 228

46 | P a g e
services that doesn't
necessarily match with need,
demand, and MH strategies.
MH services, including
but not limited to purpose,
priorities, access, and
support, to guide the
public on how it functions
and the resources
available?
resources/ mediums, with minimal
cost implications, that share
agreed and consistent messages
about MH services and resources
across the region.
conditions, free from
stigma and
discrimination.
Access The public lack
understanding around
secondary care services and
what these services aim to
deliver, which may prevent
them seeking support form
secondary care services
which is not necessary/ can
be provided elsewhere.
How might we improve
public understanding of
MH services, including
but not limited to purpose,
priorities, access, and
support, to guide the
public on how it functions
and the resources
available?
Public Engagement Group, IJB
and NHS Executive Team can
drive narrative of engagement with
public. Relevant communication
strategy adapted where needed (in
terms of messaging and channels)
to reach all demographics and look
for collaboration and synergies
with third sector. 
Public Engagement: engage with
groups and organisations with a
vested interested in MH services.
Enter in honest conversations with
people about the stress on HC
systems; describe how MH
systems link together; outline what
they (currently) can and cannot do
for people. Capture people’s
concerns and try to establish what
they feel are priorities within the
secondary MH system. 
Communication Improved knowledge and
understanding of mental
health and wellbeing and
how to access
appropriate support.
Page 228

Page 229

47 | P a g e
Access The public has a differing
perception of mental health
services that doesn't
necessarily match with need,
demand, and MH strategies.
How might we improve
public understanding of
MH services, including
but not limited to purpose,
priorities, access, and
support, to guide the
public on how it functions
and the resources
available?
Public Engagement Group, IJB
and NHS Executive Team can
drive narrative of engagement with
public. Relevant communication
strategy adapted where needed (in
terms of messaging and channels)
to reach all demographics and look
for collaboration and synergies
with third sector. 
Public Engagement: engage with
groups and organisations with a
vested interested in MH services.
Enter in honest conversations with
people about the stress on HC
systems; describe how MH
systems link together; outline what
they (currently) can and cannot do
for people. Capture people’s
concerns and try to establish what
they feel are priorities within the
secondary MH system. 
Resources Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Moving between and
out of Services
Providing care in the
community using resources
from RCH, often leaves RCH
without the resources it
needs to maintain a safe? /
necessary staffing level
How might we improve
the process, for
assessing patients at
acute sites, so that the
time impact on RCH staff
is reduced/ minimal/
removed?
Having separate inpatient /
outpatient medical model 
Can current level of bed numbers
be sustained if staff are
simultaneously covering both
inpatient and community patients? 
Is the inpatient/outpatient model
the correct course for the future of
service delivery? Should we
modernise, consider new models,
and learn from previous good
working across the pathway for the
patient
Resources Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 229

Page 230

48 | P a g e
Are there any existing tools for
quick, effective assessment of
someone mental health to triage
appropriately? This from the SCIE,
for England and Wales at least,
https://www.scie.org.uk/mca/dols/p
ractice/assessments/mental-
health) seems to suggest it is a
highly specialised area. Is there a
tool that could be used to assess
the risks of not immediately
addressing a person’s mental
health difficulties? 
Access Pilots which have proven
successful or could have a
significant impact on delayed
discharges, cannot go ahead
due to the absence of
funding.
How might we provide
easy access, either
physically or digitally, to
appropriate community
resources for patients
who could live
independently; together
with fellow public sector
organisations?
In order for something new to be
done something old has to stop. 
Need to be pragmatic and see
where the priorities are and focus
the limited resources, we have on
that 
Financial austerity is real.
Communication about limitations
upon all public sectors could be
explored
Funding Improved quality of life for
people with mental health
conditions, free from
stigma and
discrimination. 
Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Access Patients are unable to reside
within their communities
safely, and with easy access
to necessary services, which
can often lead to delayed
discharges or patients
discharged into
inappropriate environments
(isolation/injury).
How might we provide
easy access, either
physically or digitally, to
appropriate community
resources for patients
who could live
independently; together
with fellow public sector
organisations?
The issue is there is often a lack of
appropriate community resources
to support patients, however
improved discharge planning
meetings, coordinated earlier in
the patient's admission journey,
may assist. 
Resources Better equipped
communities to support
people's mental health
and wellbeing and
provide opportunities to
connect with others.
Page 230

Page 231

49 | P a g e
Access Patients cannot receive
timely access to their
CMHT's secondary care
psychological services which
places pressures on the
CMHT MH nursing and
social work to provide
appropriate interim support
and increasing the pressure
elsewhere.
How might we reduce
wait times to access
secondary care services,
so that patients can
receive appropriate care
more timely, and ease
pressures on other MH
services/roles?
Consider models of working, triage
app and 'homework' meantime 
Consider criteria and SOP's for
primary/secondary care
Psychology 
Interested again to look at this and
consider criteria and SOP's for
primary/secondary care
Psychology
Process Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Access Partner organisations such
as SAMH can often be used
to provide interim support to
patients waiting to access
secondary care services.
However, this leaves their
resource strained and
unable to provide support to
those who perhaps do not
require secondary care
support.
How might we reduce
wait times to access
secondary care services,
so that patients can
receive appropriate care
more timely, and ease
pressures on other MH
services/roles?
Contractual agreements? 
Clarifying mental health pathways
with start and end point which then
links with third sector might
improve flow 
Clarifying mental health pathways
with start and end point which then
links with third sector might
improve flow. Detail as to what
service(s) this is referring to might
help pinpoint direction to explore
support
Resources Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Access There are more people in
need of the IPCU service,
than there is capacity to
provide.
How might we
understand the demand
for hospital care,
treatment, and
rehabilitation, so that our
secondary care services
are structured
appropriately, to ensure
access to inpatient care is
accessible to those that
need it?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Resources 
Page 231

Page 232

50 | P a g e
Access There is no established
national pathway for forensic
female admissions. 
How might we participate
in national discussions
regarding forensic
pathways for females so
that we can respond to
the need of female
forensic patients?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Process Improved overall mental
wellbeing and reduced
inequalities
Access 
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Hours of operation are
inadequate for patient need
and population served 
Outpatient waiting list is
greater than 5 months (well
over 1 year for psychology) 
Limited hours preclude
timely OOH assessments. 
How might we expand or
change how we support
individuals experiencing
MH distress, so their MH
condition/ distress does
not worsen, while
directing care and
support to the most
appropriate services?
Develop wrap around services to
include peer support from those
with lived experience 
Are we still maximising
opportunities for near me and
group-based interventions? 
Whole system move towards
extended hours, 7-day working
would need modelling upon
demand, workforce resource, and
capacity. Disparity in some
specialist services and pathways
having longer waiting times than
others, particularly psychological
based treatments.  Review of out
of hours resource for liaison
psychiatry (adult and older adult),
and capacity in USC resource.
Operational Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Access 
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
There is no Psychology
Crisis Service/ Early
Intervention team that can
support patients early in their
crisis, to prevent it from
becoming a larger issue.
How might we expand or
change how we support
individuals experiencing
MH distress, to ensure
that their condition/
distress does not worsen
during wait periods,
requiring secondary care
intervention?
Develop robust referral screening
pathways and for consideration to
be given as to whether there is a
role for other disciplines to support
the patient whilst they are on a
waiting list for psychological
supports.  Development of
standardised letters with contact
details for supports and what the
patient should do if their health
Resources Improved overall mental
wellbeing and reduced
inequalities
Page 232

Page 233

51 | P a g e
deteriorates (escalation protocol) 
Moray model of working with third
sector partners as integral CMHT
members allows for flexibility of
service and responsiveness to
emergent need 
Home Treatment Team with
Psychology involved would be one
model to address this issue. Early
Intervention is Psychosis Teams
are another very effective model
but require significant resource.
Can review hosted services
(Assertive Outreach Team)
function, resource, demand, and
capacity. 
Well-resourced community-based
MH services which can give
people support and interventions
that are proven to help alleviate
psychological distress and risk -
DBI's and ASIST for e.g. Also, to
adopt an ethos similar to Housing
First - the support is open ended/
ongoing as per an individual’s
needs.
Access 
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Individuals experiencing MH
distress, who cannot access
secondary care services,
often see their condition/
distress worsen with them
engaging with a number of
different services without
How might we expand or
change how we support
individuals experiencing
MH distress, to ensure
that their condition/
distress does not worsen
during wait periods,
Develop robust referral screening
pathways and for consideration to
be given as to whether there is a
role for other disciplines to support
the patient whilst they are on a
waiting list for psychological
supports.  Development of
standardised letters with contact
Resources Improved knowledge and
understanding of mental
health and wellbeing and
how to access
appropriate support.
Page 233

Page 234

52 | P a g e
receive clear or consistent
support.
requiring secondary care
intervention?
details for supports and what the
patient should do if their health
deteriorates (escalation protocol) 
Power of peer support or life skills
training and facilitation e.g.
WRAPS etc. 
Engagement with third sector who
can appropriately respond to
distress. Improved connections
between sectors are important, but
pressure on third sector also
makes it difficult to address people
in distress in a timely manner.
CMHTs working effectively and
consistently in developing
Advance Statements, Anticipatory
Care Plans, Crisis Plans, and or
use of Care Program Approach
Access 
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
There is pressure on other
public sector services such
as Police Scotland to
respond and manage MH
distress/episodes in the
community because patients
cannot yet access a service
or are not yet considered in
need of a service, while the
MH continues to worsen.
How might we expand or
change how we support
individuals experiencing
MH distress, to ensure
that their condition/
distress does not worsen
during wait periods,
requiring secondary care
intervention?
Further invest in DBI and explore
models of extended DBI
timeframes 
Need representation from social
care, welfare, housing and alcohol
and drug services, and third
sector. Shouldn't medicalise all
mental health distress when
underlying social factor might be
issue
Relationships More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Currently care planning does
not cover likely
escalation/crisis processes
so that there is a clear step
in and step out of
How might we assess our
care planning process, to
incorporate likely patient
escalations/crisis, so that
it is clear where
Models exist to support
anticipatory care planning such as
the WRAP model and this has
been used within CMHT's in the
past.  Promote use of Advanced
Statements as per MWC guidance. 
Resources More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 234

Page 235

53 | P a g e
unscheduled care/acute
care.
unscheduled care and
acute care are needed? 
Tap into lived experience resource
to help support and empower
patients to be motivated to develop
anticipatory care plans. Use any
pathways that exist e.g. EUPD
pathways. 
Encourage the wider spread use of
the WRAP planning tool - involve
people in thinking about what they
might need in future on 'not so
good days'. 
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Staff feel bound to the
hospital. Due to a lack of
resource, they are unable to
visit patients in the
community. Meaning
patients then have to come
into travel to hospital, where
a community setting would
have been more appropriate.
How might we build
capacity into secondary
care teams, to be able to
follow up with their
patients in their
community, without
impacting inpatient
experiences?
Separate inpatient and outpatient
medical cover? In some areas of
Aberdeenshire, this is the model
and whilst this should make
community presence / follow up
easier this is not always the case.
Perhaps something about cultural
norms that needs addressing? 
Moray model of working in close
partnership with third sector
commissioned service for
community-based resource.  Audit
activity of community-based
facilities that could be available to
host CHMT drop ins? 
Coordination with community-
based or third sector support
opportunities/spaces. Resource
mapping most relevant
opportunities to then explore
potential collaboration? Service
Improvement and Service
Planning to support teams achieve
Relationships Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Page 235

Page 236

54 | P a g e
Target Operating Models would
uncover opportunities to develop. 
Perhaps links to "Community
Mental Health Interventions
Review" (CMHIR) headed by
Jenny Rae// Also, is there a
linkage here with the TEC work
Tracey M was involved in? I.e.
using tech to overcome some of
the geographical and time
restraints.
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Roles designed to prevent
patient's mental health
progressing to moderate/
severe, by addressing social
issues impacting their
mental health, are not
continuing, and adding to an
already stretched system.
How might we build on
existing preventative/
proactive activities to
ensure MH care, and
support for impacting
social issues, can be
provided at the earliest
opportunity?
Improve links with / awareness of
the Mental Health Improvement &
Wellbeing Service (Aberdeenshire)
that sits under primary care. 
Linkage to third sector? 
Better coordination with and
redesign of MH supports in
primary care and third sector.  The
making recovery real in moray
partnership offers an example of
good co-productive work. 
This I think, requires really close
working with third sector
organisations to maximise
community support for people
when discharged from health. Also
need include welfare, housing,
addiction services. Create
synergies with third sector where
possible. Focus must be on real
prevention before people need to
access any mental support
service. Extend inclusion and
Recruitment &
Retention
Better equipped
communities to support
people's mental health
and wellbeing and
provide opportunities to
connect with others.
Page 236

Page 237

55 | P a g e
extension of work by public health
and primary care to address
mental health and wellbeing issues
that are not in need of secondary
care mental health services.
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
The lack of resource to carry
out parallel assessments of
MH need in Emergency
Department prevents us
improving acute flow.
How might we carry out
MH assessment within
Emergency Department,
to improve patient
experiences when also
presenting with MH
issues, which would
improve acute flow?
Think there is a pilot whereby SAS
can access Nurse Practitioners
directly rather than needing to go
via ED
Resources More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Moving between and
out of Services
There is a lot of waiting
around with no decisions on
who is doing what. i.e. who
is escorting and at what
time.
How might we improve
the process, together with
[transportation services],
for transporting patients
to RCH for assessment/
admission, so that the
time impact on RCH staff
is reduced/ minimal/
removed?
Are there adverse event reviews or
debriefs available to support
shared learning approach to
understanding this?
Process Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
USC Decision makers do not
have access to info from
community-based support
OOH which can make,
making decisions OOH,
much harder to do.
How might we provide
access to important
patient information, out of
hours for key decision
makers, so they can
make better, more
appropriate decisions for
patient care?
EPR roll out this year. Data
Information Governance
Procedures are being explored
with Caldicott Guardian
Resources More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 237

Page 238

56 | P a g e
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Individuals requiring
admission to hospital are
unable to because there is
no suitable place for them to
be accommodated safely i.e.
bed/ staffing.
How might we
understand the demand
for hospital care,
treatment, and
rehabilitation, so that our
secondary care services
are structured
appropriately, to ensure
access to inpatient care is
accessible to those that
need it? 
Process Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
RCH IPCU does not meet
appropriate accommodation
standards for its function, in
terms of the national
standards documents.
How might we identify the
necessary maintenance
and changes required to
the IPCU so that an
appropriate action plan to
address these changes
can be implemented?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report),
which will incorporate a Forensic
Services Accommodation Project
Board, of which its role will be to
support actions to address
inpatient and outpatient
accommodation.
Resources Improved overall mental
wellbeing and reduced
inequalities
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
IPCU patients cannot easily
access time with Allied
Health Professionals.
How might we
understand the
challenges regarding
access to AHP for IPCU
patients so that we may
remove any barriers to
their support?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Resources Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Page 238

Page 239

57 | P a g e
Assessment, Care
Planning, Treatment
and Support
Consultants do not have
enough time and capacity to
contribute effectively to the
care and wellbeing of IPCU
patients.
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Process Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Governance and
Accountability
There is project work taking
place in HSCPs that is not
shared with Hosted services. 
Staff are unfamiliar with
governance structures
responsible for MH
secondary care or projects
taking place across MH
secondary care.
How might we clarify the
governance structures
across Grampian, which
support MH services and
any projects impacting
secondary care services,
for staff to become
familiar with these
activities and where to
find information about
these activities?
There is a Cross System Strategic
Delivery Team (CSSDT) which
incorporates senior managers and
professional leads for MH cross
Grampian. This team reports into
Mental Health Portfolio Board and
new strategic service
developments should be
discussed there if impacts wider
system
Communication More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Moving between and
out of Services
The duty doctor system and
how this rotates can cause
issues within admin and data
collection.
How might we discover
what issues are arising in
relation to the duty doctor
system, which would
improve the quality of
admin and data being
collected?
Review process also with external
support to provide a more
overarching view of what could be
improved and most importantly
connect with other NHSG areas
working to improve the same issue
(data collection should be
reviewed and improved across the
organisation)
Process Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 239

Page 240

58 | P a g e
Governance and
Accountability
We are providing services to
a changing demographic
within a system that is still
dependent on medical
leadership.
How might we explore
alternative models of
practice, so that we can
determine whether our
secondary care services
are structured and
delivered in a way that
best meets the
needs/demand of the
current population?
We need to consider alternative
models of practise 
Develop a strategy that makes
best use of the clinical recourses
available to us 
Train more medical staff 
Create a SLWG that will explore
alternative models of practice and
determine whether other models
are viable.   
Psychology/Nursing/AHP's are
often well placed to support MDT
decision making if welcomed to do
so, it may take a change in SOP
where appropriate to progress.
Lived experience advisory group.
Resources Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Governance and
Accountability
There is no visibility of
clinical pathways.
How might we improve
the documentation of
clinical pathways, and
make these visible to staff
who are supporting their
implementation, so that
they can provide a high
standard of care?
Not sure what this means -
Grampian Guidance, SIGN
Guidelines, Royal College
Guidelines, National and Local
Delivery Plans Pathways, National
Policy and Standards and Service
Specification
Process Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 240

Page 241

59 | P a g e
Governance and
Accountability
Services such as social work
are seeing a significant
increase in referrals in areas
such as Autism Spectrum
Disorder and co-morbidities
which services are not
necessarily prepared to
manage/support.
How might we make
better preparations, when
forecasting suggests
impending issues or a
significant increase in MH
diagnoses and any
related co-morbidities
impacting patients, to
ensure that services are
fit to meet the demand.
Need strategic decision making
around whether autism and ADHD
needs can or should be met within
adult mental health services.  Are
there other teams or parts of the
system in social work that can pick
this up.  Can third sector offer
anything 
Should we invest in training to
increase skills and knowledge in
NDD, autism, ADHD
Resources Better access and use of
evidence and data in
policy and practice.
Governance and
Accountability
Staff do not understand the
current or proposed strategy
for change or improvements
to MH services.
How might we review MH
strategies, which outline
the current situation for
MH services and what
needs to be done to
deliver improvements to
these services, so this is
clear for staff of all
levels? 
Communication Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Governance and
Accountability
The upper age boundary for
acute hospital e.g. separate
older adult liaison team, with
a different site, which is
poorly resourced, isn't an
effective use of resources
and isn't patient centred.
How might we
understand the demand
for hospital care,
treatment, and
rehabilitation, so that our
secondary care services
are structured
appropriately, to ensure
access to inpatient care is
accessible to those that
need it?
Liaison has three teams almost,
CAMHS crisis service, Adult
Liaison and Older Adult Liaison,
who work across different hospital
sites and departments. Perhaps
workshop could be arranged to
review overlaps and potential
opportunities. Adult Liaison
challenged in supporting ED 4hr
target due to limited hours of
operation. All teams handover to
USC MH team and On Call team
out of hours weekends where
consistency of assessment, care
planning and treatment may be
impacted
Resources More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 241

Page 242

60 | P a g e
Governance and
Accountability
Individuals requiring
admission to hospital are
unable to because there is
no suitable place for them to
be accommodated safely i.e.
bed/ staffing.
How might we
understand the demand
for hospital care,
treatment, and
rehabilitation, so that our
secondary care services
are structured
appropriately, to ensure
access to inpatient care is
accessible to those that
need it?
Review of MH Bed Base in line
with Executive Team commitment
to consider RCH as next phase to
ARI Bed Base Review
Resources Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Moving between and
out of Services
Interface issues with AMH.  How might we
understand the
challenges regarding
IPCU interface with AMH
so that we may remove
any barriers preventing
an effectively
relationship?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Relationships More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 242

Page 243

61 | P a g e
Governance and
Accountability
There is limited access for
primary care/secondary care
to refer to 3rd sector i.e. DBI.
These patients are then
followed up internally when
perhaps a non-clinical option
may have been better.
How might we determine
a suitable process, which
would allow for
primary/secondary care,
to refer to third sector
organisations, where their
care and resources are
more appropriate for the
patient?
This happens successfully in some
areas, usually referral discussed at
MDT and if rejected to secondary
care, social work will usually make
contact with the referrer (usually
GP) and the patient to signpost to
third sector (social work usually
best placed to identify / be familiar
with what is available within the
community) 
The third sector needs to be
funded appropriately to create the
capacity to accept higher number
of referrals and contract to deliver
the support should be closely
monitored for efficiency and
retendered if need be. 
Resource with community-based
or third sector-led services, and
provision of support for third sector
services considered more relevant
(e.g., training). Can the access be
reviewed and extended to MH &
ED USC? 
Perhaps links to "Community
Mental Health Interventions
Review" (CMHIR) headed by
Jenny Rae// Also, is there a
linkage here with the TEC work
Tracey M was involved in? I.e.
using tech to overcome some of
the geographical and time
restraints.
Process Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Page 243

Page 244

62 | P a g e
Moving between and
out of Services
Patients are discharged too
early, this may be as a result
of admission pressures/other
pressures, which result in
patients being readmitted at
a later date.
How might we ensure
patients are only
discharged because they
are ready, they have met
their milestones and
because an appropriate
community care plan is in
place?
Improved discharge planning and
communication between inpatient
and outpatient teams. Better use
of the CPA framework where
appropriate. 
Creative joint working with third
sector partners to support early but
safe discharges that offer
continuity of support from ward to
home and also in advance of
admission 
Home Treatment Team approach
could assist in early
discharge/prevent admissions but
only if properly MDT resourced.
Need use readmission data as
reference. Clarity over aims of
admission and criteria for
discharge. Improve Criteria Led
Discharge practice by multi
professional disciplines, as
currently reliance upon medical
model for discharge.
Operational Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 244

Page 245

63 | P a g e
Moving between and
out of Services
There are challenges
relating to the discharge of
patients considered 'adults
with incapacity' that cannot
be resolved.
How might we identify
patients impacted by
delayed discharge, and
the challenges relating to
their discharge, so that
appropriate planning and
resources for their
discharge can be
identified and
implemented timely?
Improved communication between
inpatient and outpatient teams to
ensure patients lacking capacity
can be identified. Responsibility is
on SW to chair AWICC's where
this is needed. Improved use of
delayed discharge recording. 
Two things here firstly to secure
assessment by medical staff and
MHO as a priority (dedicated time
set aside) and secondly being
aware of resource provision and
limitations in the community i.e.
lack of beds in care homes 
Could consider such cases as
activating MDT case
conference/team formulation
taking a positive risk tasking
approach to decision making-may
be a training need here|??/ Use of
CPA (care Program Approach)
consistently across system.
Additional level of external review
of all patients delayed over 60
days (in line with Acute and
Community Hospitals) 
Engage with people who have, or
may have, been affected by
delayed discharge to assess what
the impact has been. Ask what
might have helped to alleviate
some of those impacts at any
stage in their patient journey. 
Process More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 245

Page 246

64 | P a g e
Governance and
Accountability
There are no documented,
overarching policies across
Grampian services to
support and guide joint
service delivery e.g.
responding to complaints,
and where partnerships
policies and systems often
conflict.
How might we identify
processes or activities,
which require Grampian-
wide alignment, to ensure
patient experiences are
consistent are far as
possible?
There are national policies and
procedures for managing
complaints for public bodies.
Quality, Safety and Assurance
Clinical and Care Governance
Group starts end February to bring
cross Grampian issues 
Process Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Governance and
Accountability
There is not a consistent
process for when patients
are being discharged and
this often results in staff not
knowing that it is happening.
How might we implement
a consistent discharge
process that is visible and
clear to all staff involved
in the process, so that
that it is easily
understood? 
Communication Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Moving between and
out of Services
There is no clear out of area
pathway for when a patient
needs to go to an out of area
bed. At this stage they tend
to be extremely ill, and
transporting the patient can
be challenging.
How might we
understand the
challenges regarding the
transfer of IPCU patients
out of area so that those
individuals can receive
the right support and
treatment in the most
appropriate location?
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Process Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Page 246

Page 247

65 | P a g e
Workforce Lack of Consultant
Psychiatrist cover which
impacts on continuity of the
overall service 
Lack of in-patient staff
(Moray) 
Inadequate provision of
senior medical staff to cover
statutory Mental Health Act
work in general hospitals,
can be reliant on duty
medical teams. 
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Work should link to the Workforce
Plan, Aberdeenshire HSCP (and
presumably each HSCP will have
similar?) and specifically the
Workforce and Training Group 
Cesar opportunities to train our
own… redesign how existing
consultants time is utilised and
consider developing of a senior
nurse practitioner role? Freeing up
consultant time to be more of a
consultative role.  Routine review
to be managed elsewhere in
system 
Greater use of peer support,
linking people to others who have
the lived experience and who
understand what the ‘recovery
journey’ can look and feel like –
how this could fit with specialised
secondary pathways, I am not
sure. 
Recruitment &
Retention
Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Workforce There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service. 
There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service.
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Work should link to the Workforce
Plan, Aberdeenshire HSCP (and
presumably each HSCP will have
similar?) and specifically the
Workforce and Training Group 
Need to think about the
opportunities of tapping into the
value of lived experience.  Grow
the workforce by having a training
plan and invest in third sector so
the statutory resource can be
highly focused on their particular
Recruitment &
Retention
A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Page 247

Page 248

66 | P a g e
role. 
Potential to attract more
Psychology graduates into mental
health nursing, especially if PT
pathways for career development
were developed. Also potential to
use EPP's to add to the skill mix in
nursing which, if appropriate, could
free up nursing time to focus on
specific nursing duties 
Greater use of peer support,
linking people to others who have
the lived experience and who
understand what the ‘recovery
journey’ can look and feel like –
how this could fit with specialised
secondary pathways, I am not
sure. 
Workforce There is a lack of service
provision which prevents
services undertaking self-
directed support with
patients/individuals.
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Work should link to the Workforce
Plan, Aberdeenshire HSCP (and
presumably each HSCP will have
similar?) and specifically the
Workforce and Training Group 
Need to think more creatively
about service provision and see
whole community as a resource
pool that can be tapped into -
move away from traditional
commissioned provider model. 
Education within adult services
about eligibility criteria for SDS 
Potential to attract ore Psychology
graduates into mental health
Resources Better informed policy,
support, care, and
treatment, shaped by
people with lived
experience and
practitioners, with a focus
on quality and recovery.
Page 248

Page 249

67 | P a g e
nursing, especially if PT pathways
for career development were
developed. Also potential to use
EPP's to add to the skill mix in
nursing which, if appropriate, could
free up nursing time to focus on
specific nursing duties 
Greater use of peer support,
linking people to others who have
the lived experience and who
understand what the ‘recovery
journey’ can look and feel like –
how this could fit with specialised
secondary pathways, I am not
sure. 
Workforce There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service.
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Work should link to the Workforce
Plan, Aberdeenshire HSCP (and
presumably each HSCP will have
similar?) and specifically the
Workforce and Training Group
Resources A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Workforce Lack of understanding
around Scottish legislation -
how legislation was applied 
Impact on patient care,
relationships with GPs,
pressure on teams to pick up
if and when locums
consultants are used, as well
as the locum's commitment
to the service 
Locum Consultant -
diagnosis changing often
along with treatment, with
How might we induct
locum consultants, to
geographical areas they
are unfamiliar with, to
help build strong peer
relationships and
maintain a high standard
of patient care?
Locums should be community
based with teams (at least part of
the week) which may assist with
this problem area. Working more
directly with teams, including
MHO's would help them have a
better understanding of other roles
within the team 
Redesign use of locums to cesar
training programs and have nurse
led clinics for consistency 
develop some social supports for
locums from peers and colleagues 
Recruitment &
Retention
A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Page 249

Page 250

68 | P a g e
each locum, and impact on
patient significant - further
impact on patients mental
health 
Locums - not embedded in
the team and don't discuss
changes with the wider team 
Locum medical cover is
leading to inconsistency in
quality of service.
( monthly social club ) to allow
them to feel welcomed and less
isolated to areas alongside work,
Try to emotionally invest the
locums to want to join the service.
This a trickier one.  Limit how long
locum contracts can be extended if
there are long term locums not
willing to apply for the vacant
posts. (need some ideas on this). 
virtual tours of the locale?
Structured induction, regular, quick
catch ups with colleagues in the
region
Workforce There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service. 
There is an impact to patient
care, relationships with GPs,
pressure on teams to pick
up, if and when locums
consultants are used, due to
disorganised handovers.
How might we induct
locum consultants, to
geographical areas they
are unfamiliar with, to
help build strong peer
relationships and
maintain a high standard
of patient care?
Re: Nursing Workforce - as 5-8
above. Medical Workforce - as
(14) above, additionally we need to
work alongside public health
strategies and primary care to
ensure patients getting right care,
etc, and prevent NHS G population
needing the secondary care
services. 
virtual tours of the locale?
Structured induction, regular, quick
catch ups with colleagues in the
region
Process A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Page 250

Page 251

69 | P a g e
Workforce There is a lack of funding to
support continuous learning
in the workplace which is
impacting staff development,
progression, and the ability
to deliver best practice as
this evolves.
How might we expand
our in-house MH training
opportunities to support
continuous learning in the
workplace?
CPD doesn’t always have to be
about workshops or training
sessions but can include protected
time for reflective writing and
reading of free resources and
materials. 
Identify and accurately describe
the skills, knowledge and
behaviours required for a particular
post. Conduct a training needs
analysis. Design training to focus
on narrowing the gap between
what is desired and what the
current reality is. Develop and
facilitate peer learning sessions –
use of ‘solution circles’ for
example. 
Training A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Workforce Communication between
secondary care services and
GPs not happening - GP not
receiving communication or
acting on information
provided by secondary care,
after patients have been
provided support 
How might we improve
relationships and
communication between
fellow secondary care
services/ teams and
primary care, so that
continuing patient care is
not obstructed?
Aberdeenshire: Virtual Community
Wards 
Are there regular practice
meetings that secondary care staff
attend at the GP? 
For discharge information,
inpatient medical staff should
adhere to PDD and full discharge
summary recommendations.
Clinical staff record keeping audits
- are these conducted in all
disciplines in community, what is
record keeping standards by
professional regulatory body - how
is being measured and
benchmarked? 
Communication More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Page 251

Page 252

70 | P a g e
Public Engagement: engage with
groups and organisations with a
vested interested in MH services.
Enter in honest conversations with
people about the stress on HC
systems; describe how MH
systems link together; outline what
they (currently) can and cannot do
for people. Capture people’s
concerns and try to establish what
they feel are priorities within the
secondary MH system. 
Workforce The relationships between
primary care and secondary
care are not strong which
impacts patient care. 
There is a lack of
communication between
secondary care and primary
care psychology services
which can result in patients
fall between the cracks of
these services and not
receiving and care/support
at all.
How might we improve
relationships and
communication between
fellow secondary care
services/ teams and
primary care, so that
continuing patient care is
not obstructed?
Moray model of having interface
meetings and contribution to
referral discussions for
psychological support between PC
and SC staff 
Create a SLWG that would identify
improvements to this situation. 
Relationships More effective cross-
policy action to address
the wide-ranging factors
that impact people's
mental health and
wellbeing.
Workforce There is a high financial
pressure on partnerships
through the use of locum
medical cover. 
The disparity between locum
medical cover and
permanent staff is large and
obvious which impacts moral
amongst permanent staff.
How might we minimise
the use of, or more
effectively make use of,
locum medical support to
ease the funding
pressure it presents to
the HSCPs? 
Funding Better access and use of
evidence and data in
policy and practice.
Page 252

Page 253

71 | P a g e
Workforce Staff are burnt out while they
try to cover all roles and
responsibilities within their
team/service. 
There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service.
How might we provide
quality support and care
to staff, to ensure they
feel heard and valued,
during periods of change.
Aberdeenshire: ensure there are
service representatives on the
Staff Health and Wellbeing Group
(sits under the Workforce Plan
2022 - 2025). 
Make sure all staff support
services are activated for staff at
earliest opportunity, especially for
those who are off sick with
anxiety/depression where early
access to PT's can keep people at
work or allow them to return more
quickly
Recruitment &
Retention
Increased availability of
timely, effective support,
care and treatment that
promote and support
people's mental health
and wellbeing, meeting
individual needs.
Workforce Staff are burnt out while they
try to cover all roles and
responsibilities within their
team/service. 
There are not enough
[consultants/nurses] to
deliver an effective MH
service.
How might we provide
quality support and care
to staff, to ensure they
feel heard and valued,
during periods of change.
Aberdeenshire: ensure there are
service representatives on the
Staff Health and Wellbeing Group
(sits under the Workforce Plan
2022 - 2025). 
Communication channels to be
established and support for
workforce wellbeing.  You said we
did model within service 
How might we support staff during
these pressurised times? Culture
collaborative: We Care, good staff
governance
Recruitment &
Retention
A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors
Workforce There is a high amount of
clinical work to be
undertaken, requiring
significant resource which is
lacking.
How might we provide
quality support and care
to staff, to ensure they
feel heard and valued,
during periods of
change?
Values based 'supervision' or 1-to-
1's. facilitated meetings, rather
than one or two voices dominating.
Basic good practice for change
management - make people aware
of the need for change, etc, etc, 
Resources A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Page 253

Page 254

72 | P a g e
Workforce The role that people have in
teaching students, and
training junior doctors aren't
taken into account and there
is often no space either in
job plans or physically for
this to be undertaken
How might we safeguard
time within MH clinical
roles, to ensure that any
teaching requirements
they have, can be met
appropriately and without
risk to patient care?
As a workforce we need to be
pragmatic in evidencing what
protected time is needed for such
tasks in order to have a resilience
sustainable workforce
Training A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Workforce There is not an appropriate
number of staff, with the
required skills mix, within the
IPCU service.
How might we build
interest in, or develop our
MH vocations, to develop
a quality recruitment pool,
on which to build the MH
workforce.
Forensic Services Programme
Board likely to be established to
support the implementation of
actions outlined within the
Forensic Services Review
(response to the Barron Report).
Recruitment &
Retention
A diverse, skilled,
supported, and
sustainable workforce
across all sectors.
Page 254

Page 255

73 | P a g e
Appendix O: MHLD Grampian Governance Pathways  
Page 255

Page 256

74 | P a g e
Page 256

Page 257

75 | P a g e
Page 257

Page 258

76 | P a g e
Page 258

Page 259

77 | P a g e
Page 259

Page 260

78 | P a g e
NHS Grampian Board
NHS Grampian Staff Governance Committee NHS Grampian Performance, Assurance,
Finance & Infrastructure Committee NHS Grampian Clinical Governance Committee
NHS Grampian Chief
Executive Team (CET)
NHS Grampian Committees:
HAI Executive Committee
Grampian Area Drug & Therapeutics
Committee
Public Protection
Integration Joint Boards
Health & Social Care Partnerships:
Aberdeen City
Aberdeenshire
Moray
(Annual Assurance Report)
Weekly NHS Grampian Clinical Risk Meeting (CRM)
Cross System Quality, Safety & Assurance Group
MH & LD
NHS Grampian Population Health Committee NHS Grampian Spiritual Care Committee
NHS Grampian Cross
System Quality, Safety &
Assurance Groups
Page 260

Page 261

79 | P a g e
Aberdeen City
Integrated Joint
Board
Aberdeen City
Clinical & Care
Governance
Committee
Aberdeen City
HSCP Risk, Audit
and Performance
Committee
Clinical & Care
Governance
Meeting
Hosted
Hosted 
MH & LD CRM 
MH & LD Adverse
Event Review
Group (Pan
Grampian)
IP&C Assurance
Group
Moray Delegated
Services
(Discussion
ongoing)
Aberdeenshire
Delegated Services
(Discussion
ongoing)
MHLDs Clinical & Care
Governance Structure
September 2023
Hosted MHLDS
Ops Meetings 
MH & LD Portfolio
Board
Page 261

Page 262

80 | P a g e
MHLD Portfolio Board
Portfolio Lead
Pam Milliken
Established Sub-Groups
Psychological Therapies Improvement Board
Forensic Services
Learning Disability Health Checks
Learning Disability Pathways
Workforce Sustainability and Modernisation
Proposed Sub-Groups Older Adult Pathway ‘Review’
Working Groups aligned to projects within the Programme Plan
Operational Delivery
Cross System Strategic Delivery Team (CSSDT)
Hosted Mental Health and Learning Disability Inpatient Services,
Specialist Services and CAMHS
Delegated Services – Community, Inpatient and Specialist):
Aberdeen City Health and Social Care Partnership
Aberdeenshire Health and Social Care Partnership
Moray Health and Social Care Partnership
Grampian MHLDs Cross
System Strategic Delivery
Team (CSSDT)
Page 262